OPERATOR’S

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

HL 200D

Serial No.: 1177 - 1482 Part No.: 375 000 691 Version: 01 02,08

IFQDP
‫‪MODEL : HL200D‬‬
‫‪Operating manual.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ‪375 000 691‬‬
‫‪Version:‬‬ ‫‪01‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ‪:‬‬
‫‪Serial No.:‬‬ ‫‪1177 - 1482‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﻫﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻳﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﻫﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪﻱ ‪ -‬ﻓﺮﺍﻫﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﻙ‬ ‫ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ‪ .‬ﻫﭙﻜﻮ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ‪۸۱‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﭼﺎﭖ‪ :‬ﺍﻭﻝ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 1 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

L900/LI2OO
Foreword :‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬
This Operator's Manual is intended as a guide for Contents ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
the correct use and maintenance of the machine. ‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬.‫ﺍﺳﺖ‬
Therefore, study it carefully before starting and .‫ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
operating the machine, or before carrying out any
preventive maintenance.
Keep the manual in the cab so that it is always at ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ‬
Presentation
hand. Replace it immediately, if it is lost. .‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﺷﺪ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﹰﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
The manual describes the applications for which
the machine primarily is intended and is written to ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
apply for all markets. We therefore ask you to ‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ‬.‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺗﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
disregard the sections which are not applicable to Instrument panels ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬
your machine or to the work for which you use ‫ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ‬،‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
your machine.
.‫ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‬
-

NOTE: ‫ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬

The information in the manual applies to both Other controls ‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬HL150D ، HL200D
machine types, HL90D and HL200D, unless
otherwise stated. .‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Many hours are spent on design and production
to make a machine that is as efficient and safe as ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ‬
possible. The accidents which occur in spite of ‫ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬،‫ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺥ ﺩﻫﺪ‬.‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
this, are mostly caused by the human factor. A Operating instructions ‫ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ‬.‫ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
safety conscious person and a well maintained
‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ‬.‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﺁﻳﻲ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‬
machine make a safe, efficient and profitable
.‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
combinetion. Therefore, read the safety
instructions and follow them.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 2 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

We continually strive to improve our products and

to make them more efficient through changes to ‫ﺗﻼﺵ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
their design. We retain the right to make these ‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬.‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Operating techniques
changes without committing ourselves to ‫ﻼ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬‫ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﻬﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
introducing these improvements on products
.‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‬،‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‬
which have already been delivered.

We also retain the right to change data and ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ‬
equipment, as well as instructions for service and Safety when servicing
maintenance without prior notice. .‫ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻢ‬

Safety regulations Specifications ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬

It is the operator's obligation to know and follow
the applicable national and local safety ‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻠﺘﺰﻡ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
regulations. Alphabetical index .‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
The safety instructions in this manual only apply ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳــﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
to cases when there are no national or local
regulations. .‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
The symbol above appears at various points in ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
the manual together with a warning text. It means: :‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‬
Warning, be alert! Your safety is involved! It is the
obligation of the operator to make sure that all ‫ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ) ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬.‫ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‬:‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
warning decals are in place on the machine and
that they are readable. Accidents may otherwise ‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭﺧﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ‬
occur. .‫ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺥ ﺩﻫﺪ‬.‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
Get to know the capacity and limits of your .‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
machine!
State below the PIN number of the machine
(serial number). This should always be stated
when contacting the manufacturer and when
ordering spare parts. It is also a good idea to note
the serial number of one or more of the
components.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 3 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Volvo Wheel Loaders AB SE-631 85 Eskil stuna

Manufacturer ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ‬
sweden
The PIN number of the machine (Serial number) ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Engine ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
Transmission ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
Front axle ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
Lifting frame ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬
Cab ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ‬
Table of Contents 1 ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
Forward 3 ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬
Presentation 5 ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ‬
CE marking, EMC directive 7 EMC ‫ – ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ‬CE ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬
Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) 8 ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺍﮊﮔﻮﻧﻲ‬
Product plates 9 ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
Plates and decals 10 ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺒﻬﺎ‬
Service 12 ‫ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
The USA Federal Clean Air Act 13
Instrument panels 15 ‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
Centre instrument panel 16 ‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺳﻂ‬
Right instrument panel 24 ‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬
Front right instrument panel 30 ‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
Front left instrument panel 32 ‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
Display unit 34 ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 4 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Other controls ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

Controls ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎ‬
Boom kick-out and bucket positioner ‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺑﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ‬
Operator seat ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ‬
Climate control system ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻴﻦ‬
Operating instructions ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬
Read before operating ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Running-in ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
General rules ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
Measures before operating ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
Starting engine ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Gear shifting ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
Steering ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
Braking ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
Stopping machine ‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
Parking ‫ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
Limp-Home operation
Recovering /Towing
Operating techniques ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
Attachments ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
Attaching and disconnecting attachments ‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
Accumulators ‫ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
Buckets ‫ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
Timber grapples ‫ﭼﻨﻜﮓ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﭼﻮﺏ‬
Pallet fork ‫ﺷﺎﺧﻚ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﻟﺖ‬
Material handling arm ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 5 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Rotating attachment ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﻭﺍﺭ‬

Signalling diagram ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
Operating the machine ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
Getting stuck ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ‬
Safety when servicing ‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬
Service position ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
Before service read ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Basic preventive maintenance ‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ‬
Engine ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Fuel system ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
Turbocharger ‫ﺗﻮﺭﺑﻮﺷﺎﺭﮊ‬
Air cleaner ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Oil-bath precleaner ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻲ‬
Cooling system. ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
Electrical system ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
Transmission ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
Front and rear axles ‫ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
Cab ‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
Brake system ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
Air conditioning ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ‬
Hydraulic system ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
Tyres ‫ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ‬
Maintenance programme ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
Greasing bearings ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
Lubrication and service chart HL150D HL150D ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬
Lubrication and service chart HL200D HL200 D ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬
Automatic greasing ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 6 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Specifications ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬

Recommended lubricants ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻜﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
Capacities L150D L150 D ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ‬
Engine L150D L150 D ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Electrical system (Contronic) L150D L150 D ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
Power transmission L150D L150 D ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
Axle oils L150D L150 D ‫ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ‬
Brakes/ steering system L150D L150 D ‫ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬/ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
Cab L150D L150 D ‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
Hydraulic system L150D L150 D ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
Dimensional drawing L150D L150 D ‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬
Machine capacity 190D L150 D ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
Timber grapple L150D L150 D ‫ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﭼﻮﺏ‬
Pallet fork L150D L150 D ‫ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﻟﺖ‬
Material handling arm L150D L150 D ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
Capacities L200D L200 D ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ‬
Engine L200D L200 D ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Electrical system (Contronic) L1 20D L200 D ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
Power transmission L200D L200 D ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
Axle oils L200D L200 D ‫ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ‬
Brakes / steering system L200D L200 D ‫ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬/ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
Cab L200D L200 D‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
Hydraulic system L200D L200 D ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
Dimensional drawing L200D L200 D ‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬
Machine capacity L200D L200 D ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
Timber grapple L200D L200 D ‫ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺣﻤﻞ ﭼﻮﺏ‬
Pallet fork L200D L200 D‫ﺷﺎﺧﻚ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﻟﺖ‬
Material handling arm L200D L200 D ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 7‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Presentation‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ‬

‫‪Intended use‬‬ ‫ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬

‫‪The machine is intended to be used under‬‬
‫‪normal conditions for the applications described‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫‪in the Operator's Manual. If it is used for other‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪purposes or in potentially dangerous‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫‪environments, for example explosive‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺯﺑﺴﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ‬
‫‪atmosphere or areas with dust containing‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫‪asbestos, etc., special safety regulations must‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪be followed and the machine be equipped for‬‬
‫‪such use.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﻲ ‪ /‬ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫‪Contact the manufacturer/ dealer for further‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪information.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 8‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Engine‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪Volvo TD63KBE (L9013) and Volvo TD73KDE‬‬ ‫ﻣــﻮﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻟﻮﻭ ‪ ) TD63KBE‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪ ( HL150D‬ﻭ ‪ ) TD73KDE‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫‪(L1 20D) are six-cylinder, four-stroke, low-‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪ ( HL200 D‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺶ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫‪emission engines with direct injection, turbo‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺭﺑﻮﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﻭ‬
‫‪charging and intercooler.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪The engines have separate cylinder heads and‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ‬
‫‪wet replaceable cylinder liners.‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Electrical system‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
‫‪The machine has two micro processors (ECU),‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺷﮕﺮ ) ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ‪ ،( ECU‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ )‬
‫‪one for the instrumentation (I-ECU) and one for‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ‪ I-ECU‬ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ) ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫‪the machine (V-ECU). The V-ECU receives‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ‪ ( V-ECU‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺷﮕﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪signals from sensors on the machine and sends‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﺴﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑــﻪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺷﮕﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫‪information on to the I-ECU.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﭘﺎﻧــﻞ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪The I-ECU is integrated with the display unit,‬‬ ‫ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺷﮕﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫‪warning lamps and instruments and provides the‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪operator with information via these.‬‬
‫‪Power transmission‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪The transmission is electro - hydraulically‬‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭ‪ -‬ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪controlled, where all gears are in constant mesh.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪Between engine and transmission there is an‬‬
‫‪hydraulic torque converter which steplessly‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ) ﺗﻮﺭﻙ ﻛﻨﻮﺭﺗﻮﺭ( ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫‪regulates the output torque. The front and rear‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ‬
‫‪axles have planetary gears in the wheel hubs and‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫‪this reduces the strain on the respective drive‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ) ﭘﻠﻮﺱ( ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ AWB‬ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪shafts. The axles are of the AWB type.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 9‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Brakes‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎ‬
‫‪The machine is provided a dual-circuit all-hydraulic‬‬
‫‪brake system divided into one circuit for each axle.‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪Each circuit meets the requirements for secondary‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ‬
‫‪brake capability. The brakes are wet type disc‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﻣﺰﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻲ‬
‫‪brakes.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ) ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻼﭺ ﺑﻚ ﻏﻮﻃﻪ ﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ(‬

‫‪Parking brake‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ‬

‫‪The parking brake on L90D is of the dry disc type‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪ HL150D‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻱ )ﺩﻳﺴﻜﻲ( ﺧﺸﻚ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫‪and is positioned externally on the transmission‬‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻓﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺷﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪output shaft.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪ HL200D‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻱ )ﻛﻼﭺ ﺑﻚ( ﺗﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫‪The parking brake on L1 20D is of the wet disc‬‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺎﻓﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪type and is positioned inside the transmission on‬‬
‫‪the output shaft.‬‬

‫‪Steering‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪The machine is provided with a hydrostatic‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ )‬
‫‪steering system with a variable axial piston pump‬‬ ‫ﺩﺑﻲ( ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺟﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪and two hydraulic cylinders.‬‬

‫‪Cab‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
‫‪The cab is approved as a protective cab according‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ) Rops , Fops‬ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬
‫‪to the FOPS and FOPS regulations and is‬‬ ‫ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺍﮊﮔﻮﻥ ﺷﺪﻥ ( ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ‬
‫‪provided with heating and ventilation and has air‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫‪conditioning as an option. The cab is provided with‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪emergency exits via the door or the right side‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪window.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 10 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Equipment ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
The machine can be provided with different types
of optional equipment, depending on the ‫ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬،‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
requirements of different markets. Examples of ‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬، (CDC) ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬.‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‬
such equipment are lever steering (CDC), Boom ‫ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬،‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬،(BSS)‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ‬
Suspension System (BSS), secondary steering, ‫ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ) ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ( ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺮﻩ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬
separate attachment locking, automatic greasing .‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(standard on certain markets).

CE marking, EMC directive (‫ )ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﺋﻲ‬CE ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‬

CE marking (Declaration of Conformity) EMC ‫ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ‬، (‫ )ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﺋﻲ‬CE ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‬
(Only applies to machines marketed within the EU/EEA) (‫)ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
The machine is CE marked. This means that when ‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬CE ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬
delivered the machine meets the applicable "Essential
Health and Safety Requirements", which are given in ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ‬
the EU Machinery Safety Directive, 98/37/EC. .‫( ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬98/ 37/ EC) ‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺁﻻﺕ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ‬
Any person carrying out changes that affect the safety ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ‬
of the machine, is also responsible for the same.
As proof that the requirements are met, the machine is .‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
supplied with an EU Declaration of Conformity, issued ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻋﻼﻣﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
by Volvo CE for each separate machine. This EU ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻲ‬
declaration also covers attachments manufactured by
Volvo CE. The documentation is a valuable document, .‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
which should be kept safe and retained for at least ten ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﮒ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ‬
years. The document should always accompany the ‫ ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
machine when it is sold.
If the machine is used for other purposes or with other ‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ‬.‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺒﺖ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
attachments than described in this manual, safety must .‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
at all times and in each separate case be maintained. ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺗﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
The person carrying out such action is also responsible
for the action which, in some cases, may require a new ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
CE marking and the issue of a new EU Declaration of .‫ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺍﻋﻼﻣﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬CE ‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
Conformity.
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 11‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪The EU EMC directive‬‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ )‪(EUEMC‬‬

‫‪The electronic equipment of the machine may in some‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﻧﺎﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫‪cases cause interference to other electronic equipment,‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﺰﺍﺣﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫‪or suffer from external electromagnetic interference,‬‬
‫‪which may constitute safety risks.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪The EU EMC directive on "Electromagnetic conformity",‬‬
‫‪89/3361 EEC, provides a general description of what‬‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ )‪ (EUEMC‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻼﻣﻴﻪ‬
‫‪demands can be made on the machine out of a safety‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ‪ 89/336‬ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪ‬
‫‪point of view, where permitted limits have been‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪،‬‬
‫‪determined and given according to international‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪standards.‬‬
‫‪A machine or device which meets the requirements‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ‪ CE‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪should be CE marked. Our machines have been tested‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪particularly for electromagnetic interference. The CE‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ‪ CE‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻣﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ‬
‫‪marking of the machine and the declaration of‬‬
‫‪conformity also cover the EMC directive.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪If other electronic equipment is fitted to this machine,‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ‬
‫‪the equipment must be CE marked and tested on the‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ‪ CE‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫‪machine with regard to electromagnetic interference.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 12 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Presentation ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ‬
Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) (ROPS) ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻭﺍﮊﮔﻮﻥ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
Unauthorised modifications of the roll over ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻭﺍﮊﮔﻮﻥ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
protective structure (ROPS) (ROPS)
Never make any unauthorised alterations to the ‫ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬،‫ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻛﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻘﻒ‬
ROPS, such as lowering the height of the ceiling, ‫ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬،‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﭙﺴﻮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﺀ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‬
drilling, welding-on fire extinguisher brackets, radio
.‫ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻭﺍﮊﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‬
aerial brackets or other equipment.
Such unauthorised modifications will affect the
structural limits of the ROPS cab and will void the ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
certification. .‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻭﺍﮊﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻗﻂ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‬

The Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) has ‫( ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ‬ROPS) ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻭﺍﮊﮔﻮﻧﻲ‬
been approved after testing and meets the SAEJ1040 APR88‫ ﻭ‬ISO 3471 1994 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
standard according to ISO 3471 1994 and SAE
J1040 APR 88. .‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
The cab has also been tested and approved ‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺼﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ) ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ‬
according to the FOPS standard as defined by ISO ‫ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬SAEJ231 JAN 81 ‫( ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬FOPS) (
3449:1992, SAE J231 JAN 81 and meets the ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ "ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﻧﺸﻴﻦ‬
requirements for "Overhead guards for high-lift
rider trucks" ISO 6055:1979, and "Operator seat ‫ ﻭ ﺍﻟــﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ‬ISO 6055: 1979 ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
belt requirements" SAE J386 JUN 93. .‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬SAE J 386 JUN93 ‫ﻛﻤــﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺻــﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
All planned alterations must be reviewed in ‫ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺭ‬،‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬
advance by our Engineering Department to ‫ﻼ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
determine whether the alteration can be made
within the limits of the certifying tests. .‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﮕﺮﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 13 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

It is important that all persons in your organisation,

including management, should be made fully ‫ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ‬،‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
aware of these rules involving ROPS. .‫( ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ROPS) ‫ﻣﺸﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ‬
If anyone sees a machine ROPS with ( ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ) ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ‬
unauthorised alterations, both the customer and .‫( ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ROPS)
manufacturer should be notified in writing.
Product plates ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
The illustration and text below show which product
plates the machine should be provided with.
When ordering spare parts, and in all telephone .‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
enquiries or correspondence the model ‫ ﻣﺪﻝ‬،‫ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﺳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﺗﺒﺎﺕ‬،‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻳﺪﻛﻲ‬
designation and the Product Identification Number .‫( ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬PIN) ‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
(PIN) must always be quoted.

1. Engine
The engine type designation, part and serial :‫ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬-۱
numbers are stamped into the cylinder block below ‫ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺭﺑﻮﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬،‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﻲ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
the turbo-charger (on the right side of the
(‫ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﺣﻚ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ) ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
machine).

2. Cab
Serial number, machine type, the manufacturer's :‫ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬-۲
name and address, ROPSIFOPS number and ‫ ﻭ‬ROPS / FOPS ‫ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬،‫ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ‬،‫ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬،‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ‬
max. machine weight are positioned on the rear .‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‬
right roof post in the cab.
3. Product plate :‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬-۳
Shows machine type, the manufacturer's name ‫ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻭ‬،‫ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ‬،‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
and address. Product Identification Number, PIN ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
for the complete machine (PIN includes model
designation, engine code and serial number) is ‫ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬،‫( ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﻲ‬PIN) ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
positioned on the left side of the front frame. (‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 14 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

4. Additional plate :‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬-۴

The additional plate for the product plate
showing machine weight, engine output, year of ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
manufacture and a space for the CE mark ) ‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬CE ‫ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬،‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
(EU/EES countries only) is positioned below the ‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ( ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ‬/ ‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ‬
product plate.
.‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
5. Primary marking :‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬-۵
The PIN, model designation, engine code and
serial number are stamped into the right side of ‫ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ‬،‫ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﻲ‬، (PIN) ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
the front frame (showing the same PIN number ‫ﻣــﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺟــﻠﻮ ﺣﻚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ) ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ‬
as on the prod uct identification plate). (‫( ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬PIN) ‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
6.Rear axle
The rear drive axle Component Identification :‫ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻋﻘﺐ‬-۶
Number, CIN, plate with product and serial ‫ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬،(CIN) ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
numbers as well as manufacturer is positioned
on the axle housing. .‫ﺑﻌﻼﻭﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬

7. Transmission
The transmission product and serial numbers : ‫ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬-۷
and manufacturer are positioned on the right side ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
of the transmission. .‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬
8. Front axle
The front drive axle component plate with :‫ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ‬-۸
product and serial numbers as well as ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﻼﻭﻩ‬
manufacturer is positioned on the axle housing. .‫ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
9. Differential carrier assembly :‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ‬-۹
The differential carrier assembly product and ‫( ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬CIN) ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ‬
serial numbers, CIN, and manufacturer are
positioned on the differential casing. .‫ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
10. Lifting frame :‫ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬-۱۰
The lifting frame product and serial numbers, and
manufacturer are positioned on its left side. .‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 15 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Plates and decals ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻫﺎ‬

Information and warning plates ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬
The following text and illustrations describe which
warning plates/decals without text and information
‫ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﻥ‬/ ‫ﻣﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬
texts that can be found on the machine. The
machine operator should know and pay attention ‫ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬.‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
to warnings or information which are stated on ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻫﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬
decals and plates. .‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
Decals/plates which have disappeared, been ‫ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬،‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‬
damaged, painted over, or for any other reason ‫ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬.‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﹰﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬
are no longer legible, must be replaced ‫ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‬/ ‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ) ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ( ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬
immediately. The part number (order number) of .‫ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
the respective plates/decals can be found in the
Parts Catalogue.
 HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 16 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

No. Description ‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ‬ Position ‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬

Warning! First read the Operator's .‫ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬:‫ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬Cab (windscreen, right side) (‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ) ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
1
Manual
Warning, risk of crushing at frame joint ‫ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ) ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ( ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬:‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
2 Frame joint (right and left sides) (‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ) ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬
if machine is steered ‫ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
3 Warning! Reversing machine ‫ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ‬:‫ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬Rear (counterweight) ‫ﺯﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬.‫ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ) ﻭ‬
4 Warning! Rotating fan. ‫ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻧﻪ‬:‫ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬Rear engine cover (on the inside) (‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ) ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
5 Warning! Pressurised system ‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬:‫ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬Cab (front left side and front left (‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ) ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
part of rear frame)
Warning! First read the Operator's ‫ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬:‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
6 Battery boxes (on inside) ( ‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻫﺎ ) ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺁﻥ‬
Manual before connecting jump leads ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Warning! Do not walk under raised ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺯﻳﺮ‬:‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
7 Lifting arms (right and left sides) (‫ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ) ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬
attachment .‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‬
8 Run the engine at low idling (turbo) (‫ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﺗﻮﺭﺑﻮﺷﺎﺭﮊ‬Cab (windscreen) (‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ) ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
Warning! When operating on a public ‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ‬،‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬:‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
9 road, it is prohibited to use the lever Cab (CDC arm rest) (‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ) ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺳﺘﻲ‬
.‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ – ﺍﺯ ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
steering - use the steering wheel.
10 Emergency exit (right side window) (‫ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ) ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬Cab (front right window post) (‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ) ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺟﻠﻮ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬
11 Lifting eyes ‫ ﻗﻼﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬Front frame (upper part) and by (‫ ﻋﺪﺩ‬۴) ‫ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺟﻠﻮ ) ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ( ﻭ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
rear counterweight (4 pcs)
12 Frame joint lock (USA only) (‫ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ) ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬Frame joint (right and left sides) (‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ) ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬
13 Lubrication and service chart ‫ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬Cab (front left side) (‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ) ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ‬
Permissible sound levels (sound
pressure level at operator position LPA ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ ) ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ‬
14 Front frame (left side) (‫ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺟﻠﻮ ) ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ‬
and sound power level around the LWA ‫ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬LPA
machine LWA)
15 Refrigerants (Air Condition) (‫ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ) ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ‬Cover for ventilation filter (on (‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ) ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
inside)
Points for tying down machine (when (‫ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ )ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ‬Front and rear frame (four (‫ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ ) ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
16
transporting it) places)
17 The engine emission plate ‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬On the right side of the cylinder ‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﻼﻳﻮﻝ‬
block by the flywheel housing
18 Warning! Check the attachment locking ‫ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬:‫ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬Cab (windscreen, right side) ( ‫ ) ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ‬:‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 17 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Service ‫ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬

Maintenance
If the machine is to operate as economically as
possible, it must be thoroughly maintained.
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ‬
Intervals for maintenance and lubrication apply to
the machine under normal environmental and ‫ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ‬.‫ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
operating conditions. ‫ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
The maintenance work described in this manual ‫ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‬.‫ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
can be carded out by the operator himself. For .‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
further adjustments and repairs the machine ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ) ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ( ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
should be handed in to an authorised dealer .‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
workshop.

Delivery inspection :‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬

Before the machine left the factory, it was tested
and adjusted. Before the machine was handed .‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
over to you, your dealer has further carried out a " ‫ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬،‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
check, the "Delivery Inspection", according to our
.‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ" ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‬
instructions.

Follow-up inspections
It is important that the machine during the first :‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ‬
period of operation is subjected to further checks, ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
such as check tightening of bolts, checking .‫ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ‬
settings and other minor adjustments.
Two follow-up inspections should be carried out: :‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻲ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
The first is carried out within 100 operating hours. ‫ ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬. ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‬۱۰۰ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬
The second should be carried just before the ۱۰۰۰ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺍﻧﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
expiry of the warranty period, but not later than
.‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
1000 operating hours.
The carrying out of these inspections is a .‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺍﻧﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
condition for the warranty to apply.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 18 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Maintenance service ‫ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬

Condition Test and Maintenance Programme
In addition to actions which are taken according to
the maintenance programme in the manual, the ‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
authorised dealer workshop offers a maintenance ‫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ‬.‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
system, based on condition tests which give ‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
information about the general condition of the ‫ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ‬. ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‬
machine. Further information about this ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬
maintenance system can be obtained from your .‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
nearest authorised dealer workshop.

The USA Federal Clean Air Act

(Only applicable in the USA)
The Federal Clean Air Act Section 203 (a) (3)
states that the removal of air pollution control
devices or the modification of a certified non-road
engine to a non-certified configuration is
prohibited. Section 89.1001(2) covering this
portion of the Federal Standard states:

Section 89.1001(2)
The following acts and the causing thereof are
prohibited:
For a person to remove or render In operative
a device or element of design installed on or
In a non-road engine vehicle or equipment In
compliance with regulations under this part
prior to Its sale and delivery to the ultimate
purchaser or for a person knowingly to
remove or render inoperative such a device or
element of design after the sale and delivery
to the ultimate purchaser.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 19 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

The law provides a penalty of up to $2,500 for

each violation.
Modifications such recalibration of the fuel system
so that the engine will exceed the certified
horsepower or torque is example of illegal
changes.
You should not make a change to a certified
non-road engine that would result in an engine
that does not match the configuration of an engine
model that is currently certified to meet Federal
Standards.

Customers assistance
Volvo Construction Equipment AB wishes to help
assure that the Emission Control System
Warranty is properly administered. In event that
you do not receive the warranty service to which
you believe you are entitled under the Emission
Control System Warranty, you should contact the
nearest Volvo Construction Regional office for
assistance.
Instrument panels :‫ﭘﺎﻧﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
WARNING!
Do not operate the machine until you are :‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
thoroughly familiar with the position and
function of the various instruments and ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﺘﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
controls. Read through the Operator's Manual ‫ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ‬.‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
thoroughly - Your safety is involved! .‫ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬.‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
Keep the manual in the cab so that it always is at
hand.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 20 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Look at the instruments now and then. .‫ﺣﺎﻻ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ)ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ( ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‬
Any abnormal readings will thus be noticed in
time, so that necessary action can be taken to
‫ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
prevent serious damage. If a red warning lamp
lights up or is alight, immediately stop the ‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬.‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺟﺪﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
machine and take necessary action. Otherwise ‫ ﺩﺭ‬.‫ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﹰﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‬،‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
your safety may be affected. If an amber control .‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‬
lamp lights up or is alight, action may be required ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺯﺭﺩ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ‬
depending on which function is involved. Other .‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‬
control lamps (green, white, blue) show engaged ‫ ﺁﺑﻲ( ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬، ‫ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ) ﺳﺒﺰ‬
functions. In order to be able to check the function ‫ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ‬،‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎ‬
of instruments and controls, the current must be (‫( ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ )ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬۱) ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
turned on and the ignitions switch in position 1
(running position).

Instrument panels
‫ﭘﺎﻧﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
1. Right instrument panel (switches, gauges) (‫ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻫﺎ‬، ‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ) ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ‬
2. Front right instrument panel (switches, (‫ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ) ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ‬
gauges) ،‫ ﻻﻣﭙﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬،‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ) ﻭﺳﻂ( ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
3. Centre instrument panel (display unit, control
lamps, gauges) (‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
4. Front left instrument panel (switches, ‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬،‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ) ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ‬
keyboard for display unit) (‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 21‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Centre instrument panel‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﻠﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﻴﻬﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ) ﻭﺳﻂ(‬

‫)‪1. Information (amber‬‬ ‫‪ -۱‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ) ﺯﺭﺩ(‬

‫)‪2. Central warning (red‬‬ ‫‪ -۲‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ) ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ( ) ﻗﺮﻣﺰ(‬
‫‪3. Battery charging‬‬ ‫‪ -۳‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ‬
‫‪4. Low oil pressure, engine‬‬ ‫‪ -۴‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪5. Low transmission oil pressure‬‬ ‫‪ -۵‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪6. Low brake pressure‬‬ ‫‪ -۶‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫‪7. Working lights‬‬ ‫‪ -۷‬ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪8. Applied parking brake‬‬ ‫‪ -۸‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ‬
‫‪9. Low hydraulic oil level‬‬ ‫‪ -۹‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
‫‪10. High axle oil temperature‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۰‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
‫‪11. Primary steering system‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۱‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 22‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Centre instrument panel‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﻴﻬﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ) ﻭﺳﻂ(‬

‫‪12.High beams‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۲‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ‬

‫‪13.Direction indicators‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۳‬ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ) ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ(‬
‫‪14.Rotating warning beacon‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۴‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ‬
‫)‪15.Preheating, element, engine (preheating‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۵‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪16.Secondary steering‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۶‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬
‫‪17.Differential lock‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۷‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻦ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫‪18.Boom Suspension System – BSS‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۸‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ‬
‫)‪19.Lever steering (CDC‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۹‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪20.Display unit‬‬ ‫‪ -۲۰‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
‫‪21.Transmission oil temperature‬‬ ‫‪ -۲۱‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪22.Coolant temperature, engine‬‬ ‫‪ -۲۲‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪23.Fuel Level‬‬ ‫‪ -۲۳‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 23‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪General‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫)‪(Applies to all functions with red warning lamps‬‬ ‫) ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ(‬
‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ‪ /‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ‪ /‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪Central warning / information lamp / display unit‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ‪:۱‬‬
‫‪Step 1:‬‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻛــﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧـﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫‪The information lamp will be alight together with‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪text being shown on the display unit.‬‬
‫‪Stop 2:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ‪:۲‬‬
‫‪If, for example, the temperature rises further, the‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪central warning lamp will light up simultaneously‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﭼﺸﻤﻚ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬
‫‪with the warning lamp for the function.‬‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Step 3:‬‬
‫‪When a gear is engaged the buzzer will sound.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺳﻮﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﻕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺁﻣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1. Information‬‬ ‫)ﺯﺭﺩ(‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪(AMBER‬‬
‫‪The lamp is alight when a function is engaged /‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ /‬ﻗـﻄﻊ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪disengaged or when a function needs to be kept‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ) ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫‪under observation (e.g. clogged filter). At the‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ(‬
‫‪same time the information is shown on the display‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺁﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪43‬‬
‫‪unit, see page 43.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2 Central warning‬‬ ‫)ﻗﺮﻣﺰ(‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ) ﺍﺻﻠﻲ(‬
‫)‪(RED‬‬

‫‪The lamp is alight simultaneously with the warning‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭼﺸﻤﻚ ﺯﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪lamp for the function to which the warning applies.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪At the same time the warning is shown on the‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 43‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ‬
‫‪display unit, see page 43.‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﻕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪When a gear is engaged the buzzer will sound.‬‬
‫‪The following functions are included in the central‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﻤﻮﻝ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪warning:‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 24‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪-High hydraulic oil temperature‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
‫‪- Overspeeding‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫‪- Brake charging‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ) ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ(‬

‫‪- Low oil pressure, engine‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻛﻢ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪- Low transmission oil pressure‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻛﻢ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫)‪- Low brake pressure (when gear is engaged‬‬ ‫‪-‬ﻛﻢ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ) ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ (‬
‫)‪- Parking brake (applied when operating‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ) ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ(‬
‫‪-Low hydraulic oil level‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻛﻢ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
‫)‪-Primary steering system (error‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ) ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ(‬
‫‪-High coolant temperature, engine‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪-High transmission oil temperature‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪-High axle oil temperature‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ‬
‫‪-Computer malfunction between V-ECL1 and I-‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫‪ECU.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫‪Faulty ECU‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻧﻘﺾ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 25‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫)‪3- Battery charging (RED‬‬ ‫‪ -۳‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ‪) :‬ﻗﺮﻣﺰ(‬

‫‪When operating the lamp should be extinguished,‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪which shows that the batteries are being charged.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫‪If the lamp is alight, the cause must be corrected,‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﺼﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫‪as otherwise the batteries may be damaged.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻫﺎ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪4- Low oil pressure, engine (RED‬‬ ‫‪ -۴‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ) ﻗﺮﻣﺰ(‬
‫‪The lamp is alight if the lubricating oil pressure in the‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻛﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪engine is too low. If this happens, stop the engine‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺭﺥ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﹰﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ‬
‫‪immediately and rectify the fault.‬‬
‫‪At the same time the warning is shown on the display‬‬
‫ﺭﻓﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ‪ ،‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪unit, see page 45.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 45‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪5- Low transmission oil pressure (RED‬‬ ‫‪ -۵‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ) ﻗﺮﻣﺰ(‬
‫‪The lamp is alight if the oil pressure in the transmission‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻛﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫‪is too low. Stop and check the oil level or investigate‬‬
‫‪any other cause of the triggered warning. Rectify‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ ﺭﺥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ‬
‫‪before continuing operation.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪﻳﺎ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪At the same time the warning is shown on the display‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫‪unit, see page 45.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ‪ ،‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ 45‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 26‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪6. Low brake pressure‬‬

‫‪(RED) The lamp is alight if the brake pressure is‬‬ ‫‪ -۶‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ) ﻗﺮﻣﺰ(‬
‫‪too low or if one brake circuit does not work. Also‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻛﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ‬
‫‪included in the buzzer function. At the same time‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﻮﻕ ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬
‫‪the warning is shown on the display unit, see‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﻕ ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫‪page 45.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 45‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫!‪WARNING‬‬
‫‪The machine must not be operated until the‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪fault has been rectified and the control lamp‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫‪has been extinguished.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪7. Working lights (AMBER‬‬ ‫‪ -۷‬ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺯﺭﺩ‬

‫‪The lamp is alight when the working lights are‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪switched on, see page 36.‬‬ ‫‪ 36‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪8. Applied parking brake (RED‬‬

‫‪The lamp is alight when the parking brake is‬‬ ‫‪ -۸‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ )ﻗﺮﻣﺰ(‬
‫‪applied. At the same time the warning is shown‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺁﻥ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪on the display unit, see page 45.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 45‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪9. Low hydraulic oil level (RED‬‬

‫‪The lamp is alight when the oil level in the‬‬ ‫‪-۹‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
‫‪hydraulic tank is too low. At the same time the‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫‪warning is shown on the display unit, see page‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪45.‬‬ ‫‪ 45‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 27 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

10. High axle temperature (AMBER)

The lamp will be alight if the temperature in the (‫ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ )ﺯﺭﺩ‬-۱۰
axles is too high. If the temperature rises further, ‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ‬.‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬.‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
the buzzer will sound. In this situation operate the ‫ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ‬.‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻮﻕ ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺼﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺂﻳﺪ‬
machine without using the brakes for a while. The
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
axles will then be cooled down to normal
temperature. .‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬

11. Primary steering system (RED) (‫ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ )ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬-۱۱
The red warning lamp warns against a fault in the ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺥ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬
primary steering system (applies only to machines
‫ﺭﻧﮓ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ) ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬
with secondary steering).
(‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

WARNING!
:‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
If the warning lamp lights up while operating, the
machine must not be operated until the fault has ‫ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬،‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
been rectified and the warning lamp has been ‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
extinguished. Moving the machine very slowly ‫ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ) ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬.‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
(below 5 km/h (3 mph)) to the nearest suitable ‫( ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬3mph) 5km/h
place where it can be parked and repaired, may .‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
be carried out.
For further instructions, see page 34. .‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬34 ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 28 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

12. High beams (BLUE) (‫ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ) ﺁﺑﻲ‬-۱۲

The lamp is alight when the high beams are switched ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
on, see page 70. .‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬70 ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬.‫ﺷﺪ‬
13. Direction Indicators (GREEN)
The lamp flashes when the direction indicator control is (‫ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ )ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ( )ﺳﺒﺰ‬-۱۳
moved for turning right or left, see page 70. ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
Uneven flashing pulses indicate a faulty bulb, which ‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬70 ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬.‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭼﺸﻤﻚ ﺯﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
then should be changed.
(‫) ﺯﺭﺩ‬:‫ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ‬-۱۴
14. Rotating warning beacon (AMBER)
The lamp is alight when the rotating warning beacon is ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬
switched on (switch on the "Right instrument panel"), ‫ )ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ( ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬.‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
see page 36.
‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬36
15. Preheating element, engine (preheating)(AMBER) (‫ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ )ﺯﺭﺩ‬-۱۵
The lamp is alight when the preheating element is
switched on (switch on the "Front right instrument ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ‬
panel"). (‫ ) ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬.‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
After 10- 50 seconds (the time depends on the coolant ‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ) ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ( ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ‬10-50 ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
temperature) the preheating element will be
automatically disconnected and the lamp will be .‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
extinguished.
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 29‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪The preheating element will automatically be‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪reconnected when starting, if required and the lamp will‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻣﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ )‬
‫‪light when the ignition key is turned to position 1, see‬‬
‫‪page 102.‬‬ ‫‪ (۱‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 102‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪16. Secondary steering (AMBER‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۶‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ) ﺯﺭﺩ(‬
‫‪The lamp lights up when the secondary steering pump‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬
‫‪starts because of a fault in the primary steering‬‬
‫‪system, see page 34.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 34‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪NOTE:The lamp may also light up, without there being‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫‪a fault in the system, if a powerful steering movement‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪is made at low engine speed, or If the system needs‬‬
‫‪"support", for example If the accelerator pedal is let up‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪quickly at the same time as a powerful steering‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﮔﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪movement is made. The pump will start‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻤﭗ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ‬
‫‪without the red warning lamp lighting up.‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪17. Differential lock‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۷‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻦ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪The lamp lights up when the foot switch is pressed‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ) ﭘﺎﻳﻲ( ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻦ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫‪down, see page 67.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 67‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪18. Boom Suspension System (GREEN‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۸‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ‪) :‬ﺳﺒﺰ(‬
‫‪The lamp lights with a fixed light when the Boom‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ )ﺛﺎﺑﺖ( ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬
‫‪Suspension System is activated.‬‬
‫‪Selection of gear-dependent disengagement (in 1St‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻭﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ) ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ( ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫‪gear) or travelling-speed-depenclent disengagement‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ) ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ (3mph) 5km/h‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫‪(below approx. 5 km/h (3 mph)) is selected with switch‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ 17‬ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻋـﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪17 on the "Right instrument panel".‬‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -۱۹‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ )ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺖ( )ﺳﺒﺰ(‬
‫)‪19. Lever steering (CDC) (GREEN‬‬
‫‪The lamp is alight when the lever steering is activated.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ) ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ( ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪It is then possible to steer the machine and select‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﭼﭗ‬
‫‪gears from the armrest to the left of the operator's seat.‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪NOTE: The ordinary gear selector control should‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫‪be In neutral.‬‬
‫ﺧﻼﺹ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪For further instructions on lever steering, see page‬‬
‫‪111.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 111‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 30‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪20. Display unit‬‬ ‫‪ -۲۰‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‪:‬‬

‫‪For description, see page 44.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 44‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪-۲۱‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪21. Transmission oil temperature‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺸﮕﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ‬
‫‪If the pointer enters up onto the red sector, the warning‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬
‫‪lamp to the right of the gauge and the central warning‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻋﻴﺐ‬
‫‪light up. Stop the machine and investigate the cause.‬‬
‫‪At the same time the warning is shown on the display‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
‫‪unit, see page 44.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 44‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Also included in the buzzer function.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻮﻕ ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺼﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪22. Coolant temperature, engine‬‬ ‫‪ -۲۲‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪If the pointer enters up onto the red sector, the warning‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ‬
‫‪lamp to the right of the gauge and the central warning‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬
‫‪light up. Run the engine at low idling for a few minutes.‬‬
‫‪If the pointer even so remains in the red sector, stop‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪the engine and investigate the cause.‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫‪At the same time the warning is shown on the display‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ‪،‬‬
‫‪unit, see page 44.‬‬
‫‪Also included in the buzzer function.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪44‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻮﻕ ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺼﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 31‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪23. Fuel level‬‬ ‫‪-۲۳‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬

‫‪The gauge shows the level in the fuel tank. If the‬‬
‫‪gauge moves down into the red area and the‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫‪warning lamp to the right of the gauge lights up,‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪the machine should be refuelled in order to avoid‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪air entering the system.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ‪ 25%‬ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪In this situation there is 25 % fuel left in the tank.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪186‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪If the tank has been run dry, see page 186.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪For capacities, see page 256 (L9OD) or 274‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ )‪ (L90D‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 256‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫‪(L120D).‬‬ ‫)‪ (L120D‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ 274‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 32‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Right instrument panel‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫‪When a switch is operated, the control lamp In the‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪switch lights up.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ) ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ‬
‫‪(applies to all switches which do not have a‬‬
‫)‪spring-return action‬‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪(.‬‬

‫‪1. Bucket positioner‬‬

‫‪Lower end of switch pressed in = Bucket‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ‬
‫‪positioner engaged. For further instructions, see‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ = ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ) ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ(‬
‫‪page 77.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 77‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪2. Detent function, lifting/ boom kick-out‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ‪ / ،‬ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻦ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ )ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ(‬
‫‪(Combined switch) Position 0 = Detent solenoid, not‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ = 0‬ﺳﻮﻟﻮﻧﻮﺋﻴﺪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻦ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪activated Position 1 = Detent function lifting to max. lift‬‬
‫‪height Position 2 = Boom kick-out to set lift height‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ =1‬ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺩﻥ(‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ = 2‬ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 33‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪3. Floating position‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬

‫‪Lower end of switch pressed in = Floating position‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ = ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﻮﻡ ) ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻓﺘﻦ ‪/‬‬
‫‪engaged, when the control lever for lifting/lowering has‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫‪been moved forward to floating position.‬‬
‫‪Switch in neutral position = Normal lifting / lowering‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ )ﺧﻼﺹ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ= ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﻡ )ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻓﺘﻦ ‪ /‬ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ(‬
‫‪function.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪NOTE: With the switch in floating position,the‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫‪lowering speed will be lower.‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -۴‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ )ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ(‬
‫)‪4. Single-acting lifting function (optional‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ= ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻲ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫‪Lower end of switch pressed in = Single-acting lifting‬‬
‫‪function engaged.‬‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪The attachment can now rise, e.g. if it encounters‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫‪uneven ground, but will return to the original position‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫‪under its own weight.‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪5. Rear window‬‬ ‫‪ -۵‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﻦ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ‪:‬‬

‫‪wiper‬‬
‫‪Lower end of switch pressed in to position‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ )‪ (۱‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ=‬
‫‪1 = Intermittent position connected.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﻦ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Lower end of switch pressed in to position‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ )‪ (۲‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ=‬
‫‪2 = Normal position (the wiper operates continuously).‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ )ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺑﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﻦ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ(‬

‫‪6. Rear window washer‬‬ ‫‪ -۶‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﻮﻱ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ‪:‬‬

‫‪Lower end of switch pressed in (spring return) = Rear‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ) ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﻓــﻨﺮﻱ‬
‫‪window washer connected.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(= ﭘﻤﭗ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺎﺵ ) ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﻮﻱ( ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Washer reservoir for windscreen and rear window, see‬‬
‫‪page 193.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﻮﻱ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪193‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 34 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

7. Secondary steering system ‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬-۷

Function test :‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‬
Before starting the engine and with the machine ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
stationary, test the function of the system as follows:
Turn the ignition key to the running position (position 1) .‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
and press in the lower end of the switch. The ‫( ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬۱ ‫ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ) ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
secondary steering pump starts and the amber control ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬.‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
lamp (16) on the centre instrument panel
lights up. Turn the steering wheel and check that the ‫ ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻚ‬.‫( ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬۱۶) ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺯﺭﺩ ﺭﻧﮓ‬
steering works. .‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Release the switch, which then returns to the "0" ‫ ) ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬.‫( ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬0)‫ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬،‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
position. (if the red warning lamp lights up and flashes
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭼﺸﻤﻚ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ‬
in this situation, the secondary steering cannot be
(.‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
restarted until the lamp has been extinguished).
OBS! When testing the function of the secondary ‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬،‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
steering pump, the pump must not be engaged for ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﻄﺮ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
more than one minute. There is a risk of overheating. .‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
Operator instructions (‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ) ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬
When the primary steering system is operating, the ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
control lamps (11 and 16) on the centre instrument
panel should be extinguished. .‫( ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬11,16)
If a fault should arise in the primary steering system, ‫ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬،‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
the red warning lamp (11) lights up after which the ‫( ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ‬16) ‫ﺯﺭﺩ ﺭﻧﮓ‬
amber control lamp (16) on the centre instrument panel
also lights up to indicate that the secondary steering ‫( ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬11)
pump has started. .‫ﺷﺪ‬
NOTE: The secondary steering pump Is engaged ‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
automatically, if the primary steering pressure Is lost ‫( ﺷﻮﺩ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ‬3mph) 5km/h ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
and If the travelling speed Is above 5 km/h (3 mph).
This should only be made use of as an emergency. ‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬،‫ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
.‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
NOTE: If a fault has arisen In the primary steering ‫ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ‬.‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
system, steer the machine to a suitable place, ‫ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬،‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
brake and stop the machine. Do not use the
machine again until the fault has been rectif led. .‫ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹸﺍ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 35‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪8. Unassigned‬‬ ‫‪ -۸‬ﻣﺨﺘﺺ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ )ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ(‬

‫‪9. Unassigned‬‬ ‫‪ -۹‬ﻣﺨﺘﺺ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ )ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ(‬

‫‪ -۱۰‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ‬

‫‪10. Air conditioning‬‬
‫‪Lower end of switch pressed in = Air conditioning‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ = ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ) ﻓﻦ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫‪connected. For further instructions on the use of the‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫‪climate control unit, see page 82.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 82‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -۱۱‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎ‬
‫‪11. Lights‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ )‪ (۱‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ=‬
‫‪Lower end of switch pressed in to position‬‬
‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ) ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ( ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
‫‪1 = Parking and instrument lights.‬‬
‫‪Lower end of switch pressed in to position‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2 = Travelling lights (high or low beams) turned on.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ )‪ (۲‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ=‬
‫‪If the high beams are on, control lamp (12) on the‬‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ )ﻧﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ( ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫‪centre instrument panel will be alight.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ‪ ۱۲‬ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 36‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪ -۱۲‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ‪:‬‬

‫‪12. Front working lights‬‬
‫‪Lower end of switch pressed in to position 1 = Working‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ )‪ (1‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ=‬
‫‪lights by cab roof connected.‬‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺳﻘﻒ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Lower end of switch pressed in to position 2 = Working‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ )‪ (2‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ=‬
‫)‪lights by cab roof and lower working lights (optional‬‬
‫‪connected.‬‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺳﻘﻒ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻮﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ) ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫‪Control lamp (7) on the centre instrument panel‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ( ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪indicates that the working lights are on.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ )‪ (7‬ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻂ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪13. Rear working lights‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۳‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫‪Lower end of switch pressed in to position 1 = Working‬‬
‫‪lights in the radiator casing connected.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ )‪ (1‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ=‬
‫‪Lower end of switch pressed in to position 2 = Working‬‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪lights in the radiator casing and by cab roof (optional‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ )‪ (2‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ =‬
‫‪connected.‬‬
‫‪Control lamp (7) on the centre instrument panel‬‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑـﺎ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺳﻘﻒ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
‫‪indicates that the working lights are on.‬‬ ‫) ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ( ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪NOTE: The working lights must be turned off when‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ )‪ (7‬ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫‪operating on a public highway.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻂ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪14. Rotating warning beacon‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۴‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻘﻒ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
‫)‪(Optional‬‬ ‫) ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ(‬
‫‪Lower end of switch pressed in = Warning beacon‬‬
‫‪connected, see page 28.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ = ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻘﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 28‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪15. Unassigned‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۵‬ﻣﺨﺘﺺ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ )ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ(‬

‫‪16. Unassigned‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۶‬ﻣﺨﺘﺺ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ )ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ(‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 37‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪17. Function selector, Boom Suspension System‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۷‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(Optional‬‬ ‫) ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫‪This switch is used for switching between gear‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫‪dependent and travelling-speed-dependent BSS‬‬
‫‪(Boom Suspension System).‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫‪Upper end of switch pressed In and the button‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ‬
‫‪on the control lever carrier pressed down = Gear‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ = ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ‬
‫‪dependent BSS.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ‪۳‬ﻭ‪۲‬ﻭ‪ ۴‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ ).‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫‪-The BSS will be engaged in gear positions 2, 3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪and 4 (the control lamp on the front left panel will‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ(‬
‫‪light with a fixed light).‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫‪The text on the display unit reads “BSS – On.‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪-When changing down to the low-gear position‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫‪with the aid of the kick-down function, the function‬‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫‪will be disengaged. The text on the display unit‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪reads "BSS – Off'.‬‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 38‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Lower end of switch pressed In and the button‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ‬
‫= ‪on the control lever carrier pressed down‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ= ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫‪Travelling-speed-dependent -BSS (regardless‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪of the gear selector position).‬‬
‫‪The Boom Suspension System will be engaged, if‬‬
‫‪a certain speed is exceeded (the control lamp is‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ) ﭼﺮﺍﻍ‬
‫‪alight). The text on the display unit reads "BSS-‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ( ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ‬
‫‪On.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﻡ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪-Below a certain speed (approx. 5 km/h (3.1‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ ) ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ‪(3.1mph) 5km/h‬‬
‫‪mph)) the function will be disengaged and the‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑــﻮﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﻴــﺰ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪control lamp will be extinguished. The text on the‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫‪display unit reads "BSS Off.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪Button for activating Boom Suspension System,‬‬
‫‪see page 73.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 73‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪18. Unassigned‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۸‬ﻣﺨﺘﺺ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ) ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ(‬

‫‪19. Socket for service display unit‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۹‬ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ) ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ( ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 39‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪20. Rheostat, instrument lighting‬‬ ‫‪ -۲۰‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫‪This control is used for regulating the intensity of‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫‪the instrument lighting (gauges and control‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ) .‬ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻫﺎ(‬
‫= )‪lamps). Control turned to the right (clockwise‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ) ﺟﻬﺖ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻋﻘﺮﺑﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ(‬
‫‪Increased light intensity.‬‬
‫ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ = ﺷﺪﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪NOTE: Switches 11, 12 or 13 must be switched‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ 11,12‬ﻳﺎ ‪ 13‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪on.‬‬

‫‪21. Cigarette lighter‬‬ ‫‪ -۲۱‬ﻓﻨﺪﻙ‬

‫‪Voltage: 24 V‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ‪24‬‬

‫‪22. Hour recorder‬‬

‫‪The gauge shows how many hours the engine has‬‬ ‫‪ -۲۲‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪been running.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 40‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Front right instrument panel‬‬ ‫‪ -۱‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫)‪1- Preheating element (engine‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭻ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻮﻟﺪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪The switch is used for connecting a heating element in‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪the inlet manifold.‬‬
‫‪Lower end of switch pressed in at the same time as the‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺳﻮﺋﭻ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ )‪ (1‬ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪ignition key is held in position 1 = The preheating‬‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭻ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪element is connected.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫‪The control lamp is alight on the "Centre instrument‬‬
‫‪panel". Cold-starting instructions, see page 102.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻂ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 102‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2- Transmission disengagement‬‬ ‫‪ -۲‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻦ ) ﺧﻼﺹ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ( ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪Lower end of switch pressed in = The disengagement‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ= ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪function is activated and the power transmission will‬‬
‫‪disengage when the brakes are applied.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ‬
‫‪Upper end of switch pressed in = The transmission‬‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ) .‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫‪remains engaged even when braking. It is‬‬
‫‪recommended as the normal position, as it provides‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ= ﺣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫‪smoother operation.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﺮﻡ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 41‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫!‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪The transmission disengage function must not be‬‬
‫‪used during transport operation.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪3- Automatic greasing (programme selector‬‬
‫‪For information about the system, see page 242.‬‬
‫‪Control lamp for signal codes is built into the switch.‬‬ ‫‪ -۳‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ) ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ(‬
‫‪See page 242.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 242‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪﻭ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 242‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪4- Unassigned‬‬ ‫‪ -۴‬ﻣﺘﺨﺺ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ) ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ(‬

‫‪5- Ignition switch‬‬ ‫‪ -۵‬ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫‪The ignition switch has five positions as shown in the‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﻨـﺞ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫‪figure.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫)‪Switched off (key-turn engine stop‬‬ ‫‪ 0‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ) ﺑﺎ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪Radio position‬‬
‫‪ =R‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Running position‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪No function‬‬ ‫‪ =1‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪Starting position‬‬ ‫‪ =2‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ =3‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪6- Programrne selector gear shifting, Mode‬‬ ‫‪ -۶‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫)‪Selector (APS II‬‬
‫) ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ(‬
‫)‪LIGHT (First position‬‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻚ ) ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ(‬
‫‪The machine shifts at low engine speed and low‬‬
‫‪travelling speed‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪LIGHT (Second position‬‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻚ ) ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻭﻡ(‬
‫‪The machine shifts at slightly higher engine speed‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫‪compared with the first position.‬‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪NOTE:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ "ﺳﺒﻚ"‬
‫‪If the accelerator is depressed fully with the‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ "‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪selector in the "LIGHT" position, upshifting‬‬
‫‪according to the "HEAVY" position will take place.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ" ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ " ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ " ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 42 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

The best utilisation is obtained if the accelerator is not

depressed fully, as the difference in upshifting speed ‫ﻼ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
between the LIGHT and HEAVY modes will be more " ‫ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬،‫ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‬
noticeable. .‫ﺳﺒﻚ" ﻭ " ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ" ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‬
Both "LIGHT" positions will result in a better fuel
economy and smoother gear shifting during ‫ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ " ﺳﺒﻚ" ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
loading and carrying work .‫ﻧﺮﻡ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
HEAVY :‫ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬
The machine does not shift until higher engine and
travelling speeds have been reached. ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
Preferably used in cases where the machine changes ‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﹰﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
gear when operating uphill or when the rolling ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‬
resistance is great.
.‫ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬
MAN (Manual)
(‫ﺩﺳﺘﻲ )ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬
The machine starts and operates in the selected gear
position. Up shifts and downshifts on the move are .‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‬
controlled manually. (‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ) ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬
For further gear shifting instructions, see page 80.
.‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 43‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Front left instrument panel‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺟﻠﻮ‬

‫‪1- Raised pressure-- attachment locking‬‬ ‫‪ -۱‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ – ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ) ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ (‬
‫)‪(Optional‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ )ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫‪When connecting or disconnecting an attachment, a‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ‬
‫‪higher hydraulic pressure is sometimes required.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪Lower end of switch pressed in = Raised pressure on‬‬
‫‪locking pins when changing attachments.‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ = ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫‪The switch has a spring return function and therefore‬‬ ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪always returns to neutral. It is also provided with a‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﻨﺮ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻼﺹ‬
‫‪catch to prevent invoiuntary actuation.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻴﺮﻩ ) ﺧﺎﺭ( ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫)‪2. Separate attachment locking (optional‬‬ ‫‪ -۲‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ) ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ(‬
‫‪This equipment makes it possible for the operator to‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ) ﻛﻠﻴﺪ( ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫‪connect and disconnect attachments from the‬‬
‫‪operator's seat.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪For connecting and disconnecting attachments, see‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 127‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪page 127.‬‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 44‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪NOTE:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫‪When the switch is switched on, it is possible to‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫‪operate the tilting and lifting functions‬‬
‫‪simultaneously in order to align the attachment.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫!‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ‬
‫‪Before using the machine, check that the‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪attachment Is securely connected and locked to‬‬
‫‪the attachment bracket by pressing the front end of‬‬ ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ‬
‫‪the attachment against the ground.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪3- Hazard flashers‬‬ ‫‪ -۳‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻄﺮ ﭼﺸﻤﻚ ﺯﻥ ) ﻓﻼﺷﺮ(‬

‫‪Lower end of switch pressed in = All direction‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ = ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫‪indicators on the machine will flash in time with the‬‬
‫‪lamp in the switch. The hazard flashers can be used‬‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭼﺸﻤﻚ‬
‫‪even if the ignition switch key has not been turned on.‬‬ ‫ﺯﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺸﻤﻚ ﺯﻥ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪4- Unassigned‬‬ ‫‪ -۴‬ﻣﺨﺘﺺ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ) ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ(‬

‫‪5- Parking brake‬‬
‫‪For the function of the parking brake, see page 66.‬‬

‫‪ -۵‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ 66‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪6- Keyboard for the display unit‬‬ ‫‪ -۶‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
‫‪For information about the keyboard and the display‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫‪unit, see the next few pages.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 45‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Display unit‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬

‫‪Keyboard for the display unit‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
‫‪The following operations can be carried out from‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ) ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ‬
‫‪the keyboard (on "The front left instrument panel"):‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ(‬
‫‪Selecting function group by direct selection (function‬‬
‫)‪key‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ) ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‬
‫)‪-Browsing within the function group (the arrow keys‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻱ ) ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭ(‬
‫)‪Activating /deactivating functions (on / off‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎ ) ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ‪ /‬ﺭﻭﺷﻦ(‬
‫)‪- Setting to zero / confirming (time /distance / cycles‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫)‪Numerical settings (the arrow keys‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺮ‪ /‬ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ) ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‪ /‬ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ‪ /‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ(‬
‫)‪Alpha-numerical settings (the arrow keys‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ) ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭ(‬
‫)‪Simpler settings (e.g. increase / reduce‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ ) ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭ(‬
‫‪Setup of language and units etc.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺮ ) ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ‪ /‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ(‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫‪Function group / key‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪ /‬ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻱ‬
‫‪ENGINE‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪TRANSMISSION‬‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪HYDRAULIC‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
‫‪SYSTEM‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎ ‪ /‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫‪Function key, direct selection‬‬
‫‪AXLES‬‬ ‫ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ELECTRICAL‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫‪SYSTEM‬‬
‫‪AUX‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ) ﻣﻌﻴﻦ(‬
‫‪SETUP‬‬ ‫‪Is used for carrying out settings‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ARROW UP‬‬ ‫‪Is used for browsing in the different‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻜﺎﻥ ) ﻓﻠﺶ ( ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫‪menus in the function group.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫‪ARROW DOWN‬‬
‫‪Used for selecting and confirming‬‬
‫‪the selected setup.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪SELECT‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫‪With the ESC key the display is‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ‪ Escape‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪always returned to the "Operating‬‬
‫"‪information‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ESC‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ‪Escape‬‬
‫‪regardless of the current position‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ " ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻱ "‬
‫‪within the menus.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 46 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

1230 rpm ‫ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬1230

F2 22km/h F2 22km/h
09:34 09:34
Display unit ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
The information is divided into three groups: -
-INFO ("Operating information" etc.)
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
-WARNING (alarm text, low pressure, etc.) (‫ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‬/ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ) ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻱ‬
-ERROR (sensor and control device check) (‫ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‬،‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ) ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
.‫ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎ ) ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺣﺴﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬

Starting sequence (initial display) (‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ) ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬

(Ignition key in position R, radio position)
(‫ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬،R ‫ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
The starting sequence takes 4-5 seconds and entails ‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬4-5 ‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑــﻪ ﻛــﺎﺭ‬
the running of a test programme in order to verify the .‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
system.
The progress of the test is indicated on the display unit ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
by the appearance of black squares from one to seven. .‫ﻣﺮﺑﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻲ ﻫﻔﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
During the first part the control lamps will light up and ‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
the gauges will indicate (at twelve o'clock).
(‫) ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻩ‬
NOTE: The operator is not prevented from starting ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
the machine immediately, but if this is done, the
alarm text "Levels not checked' will be displayed. ‫ﺷﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ " ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ" ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬،‫ ﺁﺏ‬،‫ﺳﻮﺧﺖ" ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎ‬
.‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 47‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Operating information‬‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ‬

‫‪The "Operating information" is shown after starting‬‬
‫‪(unless the operator had another display screen‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ) ﻣﮕﺮ‬
‫‪showing when the current was turned off).‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ(‬
‫‪At a speed above 20 km/h (12.4 mph) the display unit‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ (12.4mph) 20km/h‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
‫‪will show the "Operating Information" screen (even if‬‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ) ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫‪another display screen has been selected).‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪If another display screen than the "Operating‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‬
‫‪information" was selected, the system will revert to that‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫‪display screen when the speed drops below 20 km/h‬‬
‫‪(12.4 mph).‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ (12.4mph) 20km/h‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Changing display screen using the keyboard is only‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫‪possible if the speed is below 20 km/h (12.4 mph).‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ (12.4mpl) 20km/h‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪X‬‬ ‫‪Engine speed‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪/ Er / (non available information, e.g. computer‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎ ‪ /‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ‬ ‫‪X‬‬
‫)‪failure‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬ ‫‪Selected gear‬‬ ‫ﺧﻼﺹ ‪ /‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻠﻮ ‪ /‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻠﻮ ‪ /‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ‪ /‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺟﻠﻮ ‪/‬‬
‫‪N/F1/F2/F3/F4/R1/R2/R3/R4 / Er/‬‬ ‫‪Y‬‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻘﺐ‪ /‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ ‪ /‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ‪ /‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ‪ /‬ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪Active gear selector control, FIR /IER1 or CDC‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ‪ /‬ﻋﻘﺐ‪/‬ﺧﻄﺎ‪ /‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬
‫‪z‬‬ ‫‪Clock, hours and minutes, 24h or am / pm‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺩﻗﺎﻳﻖ‪ 24 ،‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ‪ /‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯﻇﻬﺮ‬ ‫‪z‬‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪Am / pm‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ‪ /‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ‬ ‫‪r‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪Speed / Er /‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ‪ /‬ﺧﻄﺎ‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫‪W‬‬ ‫‪km/h or alternatively mph‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬ ‫‪W‬‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 48‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Changing display screen, display unit‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
‫‪Moving from one function group to another is‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫‪done with the function keys on the keyboard.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪When changing function, the first screen or menu‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫‪of the selected function will always be displayed,‬‬
‫‪see page 50.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 50‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪To revert to the "Operating information" press the‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ " ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ" ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪ ) Escape‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ(‬
‫‪ESC key.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪Setup‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ‬
‫‪Setting up language, units, machine hours, engine‬‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ /‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻱ‬
‫‪shut down, additional preheating and date/time is‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ 50-51‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬
‫‪done in the group SETUP, see pages 50-51.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Alarm classes‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪The alarms are divided into four classes.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ‬
‫;‪However, the following is applicable to all classes‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪(12.4 mph ) 20km/h‬‬
‫‪at a speed above 20 km/h (12.4 mph) the alarm‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺩﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ "‬
‫‪text will be shown for two seconds. After two‬‬
‫‪seconds the "Operating information" will be shown‬‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ" ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺳﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪for. three seconds and then, the screen reverts to‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪the alarm and so on. See page 57.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ 57‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫”‪Class 1 “'WARNING‬‬
‫‪- Is shown regardless of the current menu 1‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ‪ ۱‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪display.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ‪ /‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- Alarm text will be shown for two seconds‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻦ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺩﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫‪alternately with the previous menu 1 display which‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ‪ /‬ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺳﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪will be shown for three seconds (this will be‬‬
‫‪repeated as long as the error situation remains).‬‬ ‫)ﺗﺎﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ(‬
‫‪- The central warning flashes.‬‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ) ﺍﺻﻠﻲ( ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭼﺸﻤﻚ ﺯﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 49‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫"‪Class 2 "INFO‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ‪ ۲‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‪:‬‬

‫‪Is shown regardless of the current menu /‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ‪ /‬ﺩﺭ ﺣــﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺸــﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫‪display.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫‪Alarm text will be shown for two seconds‬‬
‫‪alternately with the previous menu 1 display‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﺘﻦ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺩﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ‬
‫‪which will be shown for three seconds (this will‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ‪ /‬ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ ۳‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫‪be repeated three times). The central warning‬‬ ‫)ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫‪flashes.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ) ﺍﺻﻠﻲ( ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭼﺸﻤﻚ ﺯﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪- The alarm will be repeated at the next start, if it‬‬
‫‪still is "active".‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹸﺍ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫”‪Class 3 "ERROW‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ‪ ۳‬ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫‪Is shown regardless of the current menu 1‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ‪ /‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫‪display.‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Alarm text will be shown for two seconds‬‬
‫‪alternately with the previous menu 1 display‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﺘﻦ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺩﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ‬
‫‪which will be shown for three seconds (this will‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ‪ /‬ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺳﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
‫‪be repeated as long as the error situation‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪remains).‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫‪The central warning flashes.‬‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ )ﺍﺻﻠﻲ( ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭼﺸﻤﻚ ﺯﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫”‪Class 4 "SERVICE INFO‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ‪ ۴‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Is shown regardless of the current menu 1‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ‪ /‬ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ‪ /‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫‪display.‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Alarm text will be shown for two seconds‬‬
‫‪alternately with the previous menu 1 display‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻦ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺩﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ‬
‫‪which will be shown for three seconds (this will‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ‪ /‬ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺳﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
‫‪be repeated until acknowledgement has taken‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪place via controls or in some other way‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫‪specified to end the alarm).‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪The central warning flashes.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ(‬
‫‪ -‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ) ﺍﺻﻠﻲ( ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭼﺸﻤﻚ ﺯﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 50‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Setup, languages and units‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎ‬

‫‪-Press SETUP‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ )‪ (SETUP‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫‪-Press SELECT.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ )‪ (SELECT‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫‪-Confirm the language with SELECT or browse with‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ )‪ (SELECT‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ‬
‫‪the UP/ DOWN arrows.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪-Confirm with SELECT.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ )‪ (SELECT‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪-The display will now automatically change to the‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫‪line for selecting units.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪-Confirm the units with SELECT or select the other‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ )‪ (SELECT‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫‪units with ARROW DOWN.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪-Confirm with SELECT.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ )‪ (SELECT‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪SETUP‬‬
‫‪Language‬‬
‫‪Units‬‬
‫‪X XX X XX X X X‬‬
‫‪Press ESC to return to the initial display.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪ ) ESC‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ(‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Setup, Machine Hours‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫‪- Press SETUP‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ )‪ (SETUP‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫‪- Press ARROW DOWN for the menu "Machine‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﭘﻴﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ" ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ"‬
‫‪hours".‬‬ ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- Press SELECT.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ )‪ (SELECT‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫‪- Confirm the digit with SELECT or browse with‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ )‪ (SELECT‬ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺶ‬
‫‪ARROW UP/ DOWN for the correct digit.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- Confirm each digit with SELECT.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ )‪ (SELECT‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫!‪IMPORTANT‬‬
‫‪Machine hours should only be entered after the ECU‬‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫‪has been replaced. This Is in order to restore the‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑــﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫‪total number of machine hours for the machine.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺛﺒﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 51‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪MACHINE HOURS‬‬
‫‪Hours‬‬ ‫‪xxxxx‬‬
‫‪-Press ESC to return to the initial display.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪) ESC‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ( ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Setup, Engine Shut Down‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪- Press SETUP‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ )‪ (SETUP‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫‪- Press ARROW DOWN for the menu "Machine‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﭘﻴﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ" ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫‪hours".‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ" ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- Press SELECT.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ )‪ (SELECT‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫‪- Confirm with SELECT or browse with ARROW‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ )‪ (SELECT‬ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺶ‬
‫‪DOWN for the other alternative.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Confirm each digit with SELECT.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ )‪ (SELECT‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪SETUP‬‬
‫‪Engine Shut Down XXXXX‬‬
‫‪-Press ESC to return to the initial display.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪) ESC‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪Setup, Additional Heating of Engine‬‬
‫‪-Press SETUP.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ )‪ (SETUP‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫‪-Press ARROW DOWN for the menu "Additional‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﭘﻴﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ" ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ"‬
‫‪heating".‬‬ ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪-Press SELECT.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ )‪ (SELECT‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫‪-Confirm with SELECT or browse with ARROW‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ )‪ (SELECT‬ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺶ‬
‫‪DOWN for the other alternative.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪-Confirm with SELECT.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ )‪ (SELECT‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪SETUP‬‬
‫‪Additional Heating‬‬
‫‪YYY‬‬
‫‪-Press ESC to return to the initial display.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪) ESC‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 52‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Setup, Date/ Time‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ /‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪-Press SETUP.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ )‪ (SETUP‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫‪-Press ARROW DOWN for the menu "Date 1 Time".‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﭘﻴﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ " ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ /‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ" ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫‪-Press SELECT.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ )‪ (SELECT‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪-Confirm with SELECT or browse with the UP/DOWN‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ )‪ (SELECT‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫‪arrows for another alternative.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪-Confirm the alternative and each digit with SELECT‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫)‪ (SELECT‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪The following display alternatives are available:‬‬ ‫ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1 year – month - day - 24 h‬‬ ‫‪ ۱‬ﺳﺎﻝ – ﻣﺎﻩ – ﺭﻭﺯ ‪ ۲۴‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫‪2 year – month - day - am/pm‬‬
‫‪3 month - day - year - 24 h‬‬ ‫‪ ۲‬ﺳﺎﻝ – ﻣﺎﻩ – ﺭﻭﺯ – ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ‪ /‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ‬
‫‪4 month - day - year - am/pm‬‬ ‫‪ ۳‬ﻣﺎﻩ – ﺭﻭﺯ – ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ۲۴ -‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫‪5 day - month - year - 24 h‬‬ ‫‪ ۴‬ﻣﺎﻩ – ﺭﻭ – ﺳﺎﻝ – ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ‪ /‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ‬
‫‪6 day - lunar - year - am/pm‬‬
‫‪ ۵‬ﺭﻭﺯ – ﻣﺎﻩ – ﺳﺎﻝ – ‪ ۲۴‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫‪ ۶‬ﺭﻭﺯ – ﻣﺎﻩ ﻗﻤﺮﻱ – ﺳﺎﻝ – ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ‪ /‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ‬
‫‪DATE 1 TIME‬‬
‫‪yyyy - mm - dd‬‬ ‫‪yyyy - mm - dd yy:yy‬‬
‫‪-Press ESC to return to the initial display.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ)‪ ) (ESC‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ ( ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪Display unit screens (menus‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ) ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬

‫‪Function groups‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ) ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻱ(‬
‫‪Each function group consists of one or more display‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ) ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ( ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪screens (men us).‬‬
‫‪If there are more than one screen for each function‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﺎ‬
‫‪group, an arrow pointing downward will be displayed in‬‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻠﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫‪the bottom, right corner.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪To browse within the function group, press arrow‬‬
‫‪down or arrow up.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﭘﻴﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 53 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

ENGINE ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Temp. xxxx xx ‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
Speed Yyyy rpm ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Pressure zzzzzz ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‬
x = Coolant temperature /Er / (°C /°F, temperature ‫ ﺧﻄﺎ‬/ ‫= ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬x
is shown down to 0°C (32°F) below O°C (32 °F)
( 0° ‫ﺩﻣﺎ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
<0 / <32 is shown
y = Engine speed /Er/ ‫ ﺧﻄﺎ‬/ ‫= ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬y
z = Engine oil pressure ‫= ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬z
Normal/ Low /Er/ /‫ ﺧﻄﺎ‬/ (‫ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ) ﻛﻢ‬/ ‫ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬
ENGINE ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Additional Heating xxx ‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬
Engine shut down xxx
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
X = On: Activated Off: Not activated ‫ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬: ‫ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ‬: ‫= ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬x
TRANSMISSION ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
Lever ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ‬
Temp. ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
Pressure
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‬
X= Gear Selector Position ‫= ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬x
N/F1/F2/F3/FA/ R1/R2/R3/RA/Er/ / ‫ ﺳﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ‬/ ‫ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ‬/‫ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻘﺐ‬/ ‫ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬/ ‫ ﺳﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ‬/ ‫ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻠﻮ‬/ ‫ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻠﻮ‬/ ‫ﺧﻼﺹ‬
‫ ﺧﻄﺎ‬/ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬
Y= Selected gear ‫ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻘﺐ‬/ ‫ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺟﻠﻮ‬/ ‫ ﺳﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ‬/‫ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻠﻮ‬/ ‫ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻠﻮ‬/‫= ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺧﻼﺹ‬y
N/F1/F2/F3/ R1/R2/R3/R4/ Er/
‫ ﺧﻄﺎ‬/ ‫ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ‬/ ‫ ﺳﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ‬/‫ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ‬/
z = Transmission oil temperature /Er/ (-CI°F, ‫ ﺧﻄﺎ‬/ ‫= ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬z
temperature is shoWl down to 0 °C, below 0 °C
(32 °F) below OOC (32 °F) <0 /<32 is shown
v = Transmission oil pressure ‫= ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬v
Normal/ Low /Er/ /‫ ﺧﻄﺎ‬/ ‫ ﻛﻢ‬/ ‫ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬
L200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 54 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Transmission ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
APS II ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬
Trans.diseng.
‫ﺧﻼﺹ ﺷﺪﻥ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
Filter
‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ‬
x = APS 11 (mode selector) ‫= ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬x
Light 1 /Light 2/Normal/Heavy /Man/Er/
/‫ ﺧﻄﺎ‬/ ‫ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ‬/ ‫ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬/ ‫ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬/۲ ‫ ﺳﺒﻚ‬/ ۱ ‫ﺳﺒﻚ‬
y = Transmission disengagement ‫= ﺧﻼﺹ ﺷﺪﻥ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬y
On: Activated Off: Not activated
‫ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬:‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ‬ ‫ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬:‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬
z = Normal /Clogged
‫ ﻛﺜﻴﻒ‬/ ‫= ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬z
HYDRAULICS ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
Temp. ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
BSS
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ‬
y = Temperature hydraulic oil ‫= ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬y
Normal/ High /Er/
v = Boom Suspension System
‫ ﺧﻄﺎ‬/ ‫ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬/ ‫ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬
On: Activated Off: Not activated ‫= ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ‬v
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ = ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
AXLESIBRAKES ‫ ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎ‬/ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎ‬
Br. Pressure ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
Temp. Front ‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
Temp. Rear
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
x = Brake pressure ‫= ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬x
Normal/ Low /Er/
y = Temp.Front
‫ ﺧﻄﺎ‬/ ‫ ﻛﻢ‬/ ‫ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬
Normal/High ‫= ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ‬y
z = Temp.Rear ‫ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬/ ‫ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬
Normal/High
‫= ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻋﻘﺐ‬z
‫ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬/ ‫ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 55 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

BRAKE TEST ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬

Travelling speed ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
zzz m/s2
See Instructions .‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
x = Machine travelling speed (km/h/mph) (mph / km/h) ‫= ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬x
z = Measured retardation (M/S2)
v = Output brake pressure, front (bar) (ms2) ‫= ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ) ﺗﺮﻣﺰﮔﻴﺮﻱ( ) ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺠﺬﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬z
(bar) ‫ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ‬، ‫= ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬v
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
Votage ‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ‬
x = Actual voltage in electrical system (V) (V) ‫= ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬x
DATE / TI M E ‫ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬/ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
X= Display of date according to selection under (‫ )ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬SETUP ‫= ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ‬x
the SETUP menu
x =Display of time according to selection under .‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
the SETUP men
(‫ ) ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬SETUP ‫= ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ‬x
.‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
INFORMATION I ۱ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬
Wheel loader
Tyres ‫ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ‬
x = Machine type L50X, L7OX and so on ‫ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ) ﻃﺒﻖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬L70X ، L50x ‫= ﻣﺪﻝ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬x
(according to setup via service display unit)
y = Tyre size (‫ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
(according to setup via service display unit)
‫= ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ‬y
‫) ﻃﺒﻖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
(‫ﺍﺳﺖ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 56 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

INFORMATION II ۲ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬
Time ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
Distance
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
Cycles zzz
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ‬
x = Machine time (hours, minutes, seconds) (‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬، ‫ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬،‫= ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ) ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬X
y = Travelling distance (km/mile)
(km / mile) ‫= ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬Y
z = Number of FIR turns / 2 (3 characters)
Cl = Sel. = Zero setting ( ‫ ﻋﻘﺐ ) ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬/ ‫= ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ‬Z
‫= ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺮ‬CL
NEXT SERVICE ‫ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ‬
Resid. Time ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ‬
Interval
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ‬
Acknowledge: Sel.
‫ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
x = Residual time to next service, xxxx h ‫= ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ‬x
y = Interval 250/ 500/ 100012000
2000 /1000 / 500 / 250 ‫= ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ‬y
NOTE: When there are 8 hours left to the next ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬۸ ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
service the display unit will show 'Next Service"
on the screen.
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ " ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ" ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
To confirm, press SELECT. .‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
.‫( ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬SELECT) ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 57‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Alarm texts‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻦ ﻫﺎ ) ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ( ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬

‫‪The following alarm texts may appear on the‬‬
‫‪display unit:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻦ ﻫﺎ ) ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Engine‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪Low Engine Oil Pressure‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‬
‫‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪High Coolant Temp.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫‪INFO‬‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻉ‬
‫‪Clogged Air Filter‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ‬
‫‪INFO‬‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻉ‬
‫‪High Temp. Starter Motor‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫‪Transmission‬‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪Low Transmission Oil Pressure‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪High Transmission 011 Temp.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪Overspeeding In Selected Gear‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪INFO‬‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻉ‬
‫‪Clogged Transmission Oil Filter‬‬ ‫ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪INFO‬‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻉ‬
‫‪No Engagement FIR‬‬ ‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪CDC Active‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 58‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Hydraulics‬‬ ‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﻫﺎ‬

‫‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪Low Steering 0il Pressure‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪Applies only to machines with secondary steering‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫‪installed‬‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪Only‬‬
‫‪High Hydraulic oil Temp.‬‬
‫‪L120D‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ) ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪( L120D‬‬
‫‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪Low Brake Pressure‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪Applied Parking brake‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪INFO‬‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻉ‬
‫‪FIR Deactivated‬‬
‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ‪ /‬ﻋﻘﺐ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫‪Axles‬‬ ‫ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪High Front Axle oil Temp.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪High Rear Axle Oil Temp.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫‪INFO‬‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫‪Increasing Front Axle oil Temp.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫‪INFO‬‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫‪Increasing Rear Axle Oil Temp.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 59‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Electrical system‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬

‫‪High Voltage‬‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ‬
‫‪INFO‬‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫‪Low Voltage‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ‬
‫‪Miscellaneous‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ‬
‫‪SERVICE INFO‬‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬
‫‪Time For Service‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬

‫‪Error texts‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﺧﻄﺎ‬

‫‪(Sensor and control device checks) The error screen‬‬ ‫)ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺣﺴﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻲ(‬
‫‪indicates that a part of the system is out of order, e.g.‬‬
‫‪a faulty sensor, relay or a loose contact.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺴﮕﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Engine‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫‪Monitoring Engine Oil‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫‪Monitoring Coolant Temp.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫‪Monitoring Fuel Level‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫‪Monitoring Air Filter‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫‪Monitoring Coolant Temp.‬‬
‫‪Outlet Radiator HL200D‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ‪HL200 D‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 60‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪ERROR‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫‪Monitoring Cooling Fan Speed‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻧﻪ )ﻓﻦ( ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ‪HL200 D‬‬
‫‪Engine‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫‪Monitoring Engine Speed‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫‪Preheating Relay‬‬
‫ﺭﻟﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫‪Cooling Fan Control‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻧﻪ )ﻓﻦ ( ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ‪HL120D‬‬
‫‪Transmission‬‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪Monitoring Transmission‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫‪0il Pressure‬‬ ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪Monitoring Transmission‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫‪0il Temp.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪Monitoring Transmission‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫‪Oil Filter‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫‪Monitoring Travelling speed‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫‪APS II Switch‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫‪Gear Selector Control‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪Gear Selector Control‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 61 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

ERROR ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
Gear-shift Solenoids
.‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻠﻮﻧﻮﺋﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
ERROR ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
Gear Selector Control F/R
.‫ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬/ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
ERROR ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
Gear Selector Control CDC
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
ERROR
Gear Selector Control F/R

ERROR
Gear Selector Control CDC

Hydraulics ‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
ERROR ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
Monitoring Steering oil Pressure
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
ERROR ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
Monitoring Hydraulic oil Temp.
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
ERROR ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
Parking Brake Circuit ‫ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ‬
ERROR ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
Monitoring Output Brake Pressure
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
ERROR ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
Relay Secondary steering
‫ﺭﻟﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬
ERROR ‫ﺧﻄﺎ‬
Parking brake
‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 62 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

ERROR
Lever Steering CDC

Hydraulics

ERROR
Relay BSS

Axles
ERROR
Monitoring
Axle oil Temp.

ERROR
Differential Lock

Electrical system
ERROR
Relay
Intermittent Wiper

Miscellaneous

NOTE!
Reduced Computer Function
NOTE: Computer malfunction between
Instrument-EC1.1 and Vehicle-ECU.

STOP
Computer Failure
STOP THE VEHICLE
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 63 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Other controls
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 64 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

1- Lever steering, CDC (optional) (‫ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ) ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬-۱
2- Parking brake, mechanically operated (L90D) (L90D)‫ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬، ‫ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ‬-۲
2a- Parking brake, electrically operated (L120D), ‫( ﻭ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ‬L120D) ‫ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬،‫ –ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ‬۲A
(optional on LgOD) (‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬L90D
3- Gear selector control ‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬-۳
4- Brake pedal ‫ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬-۴
5- Differential lock ‫ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ‬-۵
6- Steering wheel adjustmentt. ‫ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬-۶
7-Brake pedal (double on certain markets) (‫ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ) ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﺩﻭﺑﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬-۷
8- Headlight dipper 1 windscreen washer, ‫ ﺑﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﻙ‬/ ‫ ﺑﻮﻕ‬/ ‫ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ‬/ ‫ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﻮﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ‬/ ‫ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ‬-۸
direction indicators 1 horn, windscreen wiper ‫ﻛﻦ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
9- Accelerator pedal ‫ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﮔﺎﺯ‬-۹
10- Hand-throttle control (optional) (‫ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ) ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬-۱۰
11- Control lever carrier: working hydraulics, :‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻫﺮﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬-۱۱
kick-down, horn, engine retarding, control lever ، ‫ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻫﺮﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬، ‫ ﺧﻔﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬، ‫ ﺑﻮﻕ‬، ‫ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬، ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
lockout, Boom Suspension System (BSS),
‫ ﻋﻘﺐ‬/ ‫ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻠﻮ‬/ ‫ ﻋﻘﺐ‬/ ‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ‬،‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ‬
Forward /Reverse, activating Forward/Reverse
12- Controls, heating, ventilation and fan ‫ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﻓﻦ‬، ‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬-۱۲
13- Arm rest ( ‫ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ) ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺳﺘﻲ‬-۱۳
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 65‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫)‪1- Lever steering, CDC (optional‬‬ ‫‪ -۱‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ) ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ(‬
‫‪• The equipment has the following operating‬‬ ‫• ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ) ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ( ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ) ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺳﺘﻲ ( ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪functions concentrated to a collapsible arm‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪rest, i.e. steering, Forward/Reverse and‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ‪ /‬ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪kick-down.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬
‫‪• To activate the functions from the arm rest,‬‬
‫• ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻩ ) ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ(‪،‬‬
‫‪lower the arm rest and press the CDC‬‬
‫‪activating button once.‬‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬
‫‪• When the system is activated, a control‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪lamp on the centre instrument panel is on.‬‬ ‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫‪For further instructions, see page 109.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪109‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪2- Parking brake‬‬ ‫‪ -۲‬ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ‬

‫)‪Mechanically operated (L150D‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ )‪(L150D‬‬
‫‪The parking brake is operated with the lever to the left‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪of the operator seat.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 66‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Electrically operated (L200D), (optional‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ )‪ ) ، (L200D‬ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫)‪equipment on L150D‬‬ ‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﻭﻱ ‪ L150D‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• When the ignition switch key is turned to 0‬‬ ‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ 0‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ) ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫‪(stopping the engine), the parking brake will be‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ( ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪applied automatically.‬‬

‫‪• When the engine is restarted, the switch must‬‬ ‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ )‪(1‬‬
‫)‪first be set to position 1 (applied parking brake‬‬
‫‪and then to position 0 (released parking brake).‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ) ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ 0‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪) .‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪• The switch has a catch to prevent involuntary‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪release of the parking brake.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• When the parking brake is applied, the warning‬‬ ‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫‪lamp on the centre instrument panel will be on.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Functions‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫‪The switch depressed (position 1) and the engine‬‬
‫‪running = Applied parking brake (the control lamp lights‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ )‪ (1‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ =‬
‫‪with a strong red light).‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ) ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ(‬
‫‪The switch in position 0 and the ignition key turned off‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ) ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ ( 0‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫‪(position 0) = Automatically applied parking brake‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ )‪ (0‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ = ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫‪The switch in position 0 (from position 1) and the‬‬
‫‪engine running Released parking brake.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪In cases when the engine is started without having first‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪operated the parking brake switch, a built-in safety‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫‪function causes the parking brake to be released after‬‬
‫‪a directional gear has been selected and if the engine‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪speed exceeds 1600 rpm.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1600‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪This safety function must not be used instead of‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫‪releasing the parking brake with the switch.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ).‬ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪(.‬‬
 ‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 67‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪3- Gear selector control‬‬ ‫‪ -۳‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫•‬ ‫‪Shifting between the different speed gears is‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ‬
‫‪done by turning the control.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪NOTE: Never leave the machine with the gear‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪selector In forward or reverse, while the engine Is‬‬
‫‪running.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪For further instructions on gear shifting, see page 104.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪104‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Forward/Reverse‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ‪ /‬ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫‪Selector forward (position F) = Operating forward‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ) ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ = ( F‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫‪Selector in centre position (position N) = Neutral‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻭﺳﻂ ) ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ = ( N‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻼﺹ‬
‫‪Selector rearward (position R) = Operating rearward‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ) ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ = ( R‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ‬

‫‪Kick-down button‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬

‫‪For instructions, see page 107.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 107‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪4- Brake pedal‬‬ ‫‪ -۴‬ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬

‫)‪(double on certain markets‬‬
‫) ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﺩﻭﺑﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ(‬

‫‪5- Differential lock‬‬ ‫‪ -۵‬ﻗﻔﻞ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ‬

‫‪• The differential locks only affects the front axle.‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪• It is engaged by depressing the foot switch and it‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﺎ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻦ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪remains engaged as long as the foot switch is kept‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪depressed. Control lamplight’s up.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪IMPORTANT! The differential lock may only be‬‬ ‫ﻣﻬـﻢ‪ :‬ﻗـﻔﻞ ﻛـﻦ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﻓﻘــﻂ ﺑــﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣــﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫‪used when operating on slippery ground.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻐﺰﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 68 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

• When operating on firm ground, particularly when ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
turning, the lock must be disengaged.
.‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻦ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻼﺹ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
• If there is danger of getting stuck, engage the ‫ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻗﻔﻞ‬،‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
differential lock before the machine has got stuck.
.‫ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
• If the machine has become stuck and one of the .‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻜﺴﺒﺎﺩ )ﻟﻐﺰﺵ( ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
wheels is slipping, the wheel must be stopped before
engaging the differential lock. Otherwise the drive axle ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ‬
system may be damaged. ‫ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬

6- Steering wheel adjustment ‫ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬-۶

The control is positioned to the right under the steering .‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
wheel. ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ = ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺧﻤﻴﺪﮔﻲ ( ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﻓــﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
Control downward = Adjustment of steering wheel
inclination Control upward = Adjustment of height. .‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ = ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 69‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪7- Brake pedal‬‬

‫‪-۷‬ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫‪8- Headlight dipper/ windscreen washer‬‬ ‫‪ -۸‬ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ‪ /‬ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﻮﻱ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫‪Away from steering wheel = High beams‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ) ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ( = ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫‪Neutral position = Low beams‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫‪Towards steering wheel = Windscreen washer‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭﺳﻂ = ﻧﻮﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ) ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ( =‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﻮﻱ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 70‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Direction indicator control 1 horn‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ ‪ /‬ﺑﻮﻕ‬

‫‪Control forward = Left direction indicators‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ = ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ) ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ(‬
‫‪Control rearward = Right direction indicators‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ = ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ) ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ(‬
‫‪Button pressed in = Horn‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ = ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻮﻕ‬

‫‪Windscreen wiper‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﻦ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ‬

‫‪Position J = Intermittent wiper‬‬
‫‪Position 0 = Neutral position‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ = J‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﻦ‬
‫)‪Positions 1 and 11 = Windscreen wiper (two speeds‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ = 0‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ) ﺧﻼﺹ(‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ = II,I‬ﺑﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﻦ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ) ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ(‬

‫‪9 - Accelerator pedal‬‬ ‫‪ -۹‬ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﮔﺎﺯ‬

‫)‪10- Hand-throttle control (optional‬‬

‫‪ -۱۰‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ) ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ(‬
‫‪• The control is positioned under the front right‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪instrument panel.‬‬
‫‪• The engine speed is altered by pressing the button‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
‫‪and lifting the control upward until the required engine‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪speed is achieved.‬‬
‫‪This adjustment is facilitated if the accelerator pedal is‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ) ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ( ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ‬
‫‪pressed down at the same time.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪• To disengage the control, press the button and move‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ‬
‫‪the control to the bottom position.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 71‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪11- Control lever carrier and control functions‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۱‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻫﺮﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫‪1- The lever for the lifting function has four‬‬
‫‪ -۱‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪positions: Lifting - Neutral -‬‬
‫‪Lowering/Floating‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺩﻥ – ﺧﻼﺹ – ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ – ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫)‪• When the boom kick-out (automatic lifting‬‬ ‫• ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻦ ﺑﻮﻡ ) ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ( ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫‪function is engaged the control lever automatically‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪returns from lifting to neutral when the lifting arms‬‬
‫‪reach a predetermined position.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻼﺹ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺸﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Regardless of whether the machine has boom‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻦ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪kick-out function or not, there are detent positions for‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻮﻡ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫‪lifting and lowering 1 floating.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Engagement of floating position is done with‬‬ ‫• ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ )‪ (۳‬ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫‪switch (3) on the right instrument panel, see page 33.‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 33‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 72‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪2- The tilting lever has three positions:‬‬ ‫‪ -۲‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪Rearward - Neutral - Forward‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ – ﺧﻼﺹ‪ -‬ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫•‬ ‫)‪When the bucket positioner (automatic tilting‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻱ ) ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ( ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪function is engaged the control lever automatically‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺾ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫‪returns from the position for rearward tilting to neutral‬‬
‫‪when the bucket reaches a predetermined position,‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻼﺹ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
‫‪see page 33.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 33‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪3 – Control lever 3rd hydraulic function (optional‬‬ ‫‪ -۳‬ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﻪ‬
‫‪• Is used if the machine for example is equipped with a‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺣﻤﻞ‬
‫‪timber grapple.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪On machines with a 4th hydraulic function there is an‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ) ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ( ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪additional switch on the control lever carrier for‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪switching between the 3rd and 4th hydraulic function.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪NOTE:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪Detent function for the 3rd hydraulic function Is‬‬
‫‪available as an option.‬‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪4- Kick-down‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪The function can be selected both from the control‬‬ ‫‪ -۴‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬
‫‪lever carrier and from the gear selector control, see‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫‪page 107.‬‬ ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻫﺮﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 107‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 73 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

5- Engine retarding ‫ ﺧﻔﻪ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬-۵

• Is used to obtain an immediate downshift when (‫• ﺍﺯ ﺧﻔﻪ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ) ﻛﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
operating downhill, or to prevent undesired upshifting, (‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺷﻴﺒﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ )ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
see also page 108.
.‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬108 ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬.‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
6- Control lever lockout :‫ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻫﺮﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬-۶
• Locks the control levers in neutral. .‫ﺍﻫﺮﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺗﺪ‬
7- Boom Suspension System :‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ‬-۷
• Is used to prevent the machine from bouncing when ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
transporting a load. .‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
• The engine must be running in order to activate the .‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
system.
• If the button is pressed down, the function becomes ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺑﺎ‬
active and will be engaged automatically if a certain ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬.‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
travelling speed is exceeded or a certain gear is
engaged. For selecting gear- or speed-dependent 37 ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
Boom Suspension System, see page 37. .‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
• The function is de-activated by again pressing the
button or if the engine is turned off.
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 74‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪• Remember that a new activation must be carried out‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫‪after each time the engine has been started.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫•‬ ‫‪The control lamp on the centre instrument panel is‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ‬
‫‪alight when the system is active.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ)ﻭﺳﻂ( ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫!‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎ‬
‫‪When operating with a pallet fork or material‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻭ ﻇﺮﺍﻓﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪handling arm, when great accuracy and‬‬
‫‪precision is required, the boom suspension‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪System must be In the gear dependent‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻭ ﻇﺮﺍﻓﺖ‬
‫‪position or deactivated. Never use the‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ ﻭ‬
‫‪kick-down function when precision is required‬‬
‫‪in connection with activated Boom‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪8-Forward/Reverse‬‬ ‫‪ -۸‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ‬

‫‪• To be able to use this function, the activation button‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (۹‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫‪(9) must be pressed.‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Switch in the forward position = Operating forward‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ = ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫‪Switch in rearward position = Operating in reverse‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ = ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫•‬ ‫‪If the ordinary gear selector control is moved from‬‬ ‫• ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ‪ /‬ﻋﻘﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫‪neutral while operating with the FIR switch, the gear‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻼﺹ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫‪selector at the steering wheel will over-ride the switch.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•‬ ‫‪A new activation of the system requires that the‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (۹‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫‪activation button (9) is pressed again.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪9-Activation, Forward/Reverse‬‬ ‫‪ -۹‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ‪ /‬ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫)‪• Is used for activating Forward/Reverse (8‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺻﺮﻓﹰﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ‪ /‬ﻋﻘﺐ )‪ (۸‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪• After activation FIR is shown: in front of the selected‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺟﻬﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ‪ F/R‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪directional gear on the display unit.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 75 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

NOTE: The ordinary gear selector control FIR and 8 ‫( ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ‬F/R) ‫ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
button 8 F/ R must be In neutral position when
activating the system. ‫( ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻼﺹ‬F/R)
.‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
•If the ordinary gear selector control is operated, the ‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
gear-shifting function of the CDC is lost and the
‫( ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬CDC) ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬
selection made with the ordinary gear selector control
applies. .‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
• Renewed activation of the system requires that the ‫• ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
ordinary gear selector control (F/R) and the button
(F/R) are set to neutral. .‫( ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬F/R) ‫( ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺟﻬﺖ‬F/R)
10- Horn or alternatively loud tone horn ‫ ﺑﻮﻕ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﻕ‬-۱۰

12- Controls, heating and ventilation ‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬-۱۲
Temperature control ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
Control (1) forward (blue) = Cold ‫( ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ )ﺃﺑﻲ( = ﺧﻨﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬۱) ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
Control rearward (red) = Warm
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ) ﻗﺮﻣﺰ( = ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
Recirculation control (re-using the air)
(‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻫﻮﺍ ) ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
Control (2) forward = Maximum recirculation ‫( ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ = ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ‬۲) ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ = ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ‬
Control rearward = Minimum recirculation
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 76‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Fan control‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﻦ ) ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻧﻪ (‬

‫‪The control has four speed settings For instructions on‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪the use of the climate control unit, see page 82.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪82‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪13- Arm rest‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۳‬ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ) ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻩ(‬
‫‪The arm rest for the hydraulic controls and the control‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻩ ) ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺳﺘﻲ ( ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺮﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺣﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪lever carrier can be adjusted to provide the most‬‬
‫‪comfortable operating position.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻫﺮﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﻛــﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Adjusting arm rest 1 control lover carrier‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻩ ‪ /‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺣﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻫﺮﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪1- Loosen the handle for the up/down adjustment of‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫‪the armrest and set It to the required position.‬‬ ‫‪ -۱‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪2- Tighten the locking handle.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -۲‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮﻩ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪1- Loosen the handle for locking the angular setting of‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪the arm rest by pressing R in and turning it‬‬ ‫‪ -۱‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮﻩ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫‪counter-clockwise.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻘﺮﺑﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2- Angle the arm rest forward/rearward to the required‬‬ ‫‪ -۲‬ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻩ ) ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺳﺘﻲ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺪﻫﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪position.‬‬
‫‪3- Tighten the locking handle.‬‬ ‫‪ -۳‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮﻩ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫‪1- Loosen the handle for the angular setting of the‬‬ ‫ﻼ ) ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ( B‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮﻩ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪ -۱‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
‫‪control lever carrier as described earlier.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺣﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻫﺮﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2- Angle the control lever carrier forward/rearward to‬‬ ‫‪ -۲‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺣﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻫﺮﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫‪the required position.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3- Tighten the locking handle.‬‬ ‫‪ -۳‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮﻩ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 77‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Boom kick- out and bucket positioner‬‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻦ ﺑﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ) ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ( ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ‬
‫‪Operation‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‬
‫•‬ ‫‪The automatic functions boom kick-out and bucket‬‬ ‫• ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻦ ﺑﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ) ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ( ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫‪positioner are switched on with the respective‬‬
‫‪switches.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•‬ ‫‪When either of the control levers is moved to lifting‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫‪or tilting rearwards (with switched on switches) the‬‬
‫‪lever is kept in the detent position and the movement‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ‬
‫‪continues to a predetermined position, whereafter the‬‬ ‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
‫‪lever returns to neutral.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻫﺮﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻼﺹ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Adjusting boom kick-out‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻦ ﺑﻮﻡ ) ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎ(‬
‫)‪(Lifting height‬‬
‫‪1- Raise the lifting arms to the required position,‬‬ ‫‪ -۱‬ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2-Stop the engine, but leave the ignition key in running‬‬ ‫‪ -۲‬ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪position‬‬
‫‪3-Slacken the nut for the bracket and move the sensor‬‬ ‫‪-۳‬ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫‪to its rear position.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4- Switch on the switch for the boom kick-out.‬‬ ‫‪ -۴‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻦ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5-Move the lifting lever to the rear detent position.‬‬ ‫‪ -۵‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ) ﺑﻮﻡ( ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪6- Displace the sensor forward until the lifting lever‬‬ ‫‪ -۶‬ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ) ﺑﻮﻡ( ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫‪returns to neu tral.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻼﺹ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪7- Tighten the nut for the bracket.‬‬ ‫‪ -۷‬ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 78 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Adjusting bucket Positioner ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ) ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ( ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ‬

(Tilting rearwards)
(‫) ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
1- Move the bucket to the required position. .‫ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬-۱
2- Stop the engine, but leave the ignition key in running .‫ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬-۲
position.
3- Slacken the nuts for the bracket and move the ‫ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬-۳
sensor to its rear position. .‫ﺍﻥ ) ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ( ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
4- Switch on the switch for the bucket positioner. .‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ) ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ( ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-۴
5- Move the tilting lever to the rear detent position. .‫ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬-۵
6- Displace the sensor toward the rod until the light .‫ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‬-۶
emitting diod lights up.
7- Tighten the nuts for the bracket. .‫ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-۷

IMPORTANT!
The distance (A) between the sensors and the
actuating part of the machine should be 3-5 mm
(0.12-0.20 in). See the adjacent figure. :‫ﻣﻬﻢ‬
3-5 ‫( ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺴﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬A) ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
.‫( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬0.12- 0.20in) ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬

Operator seat ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ‬

The operator seat meets the criteria of EN ISO ‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬En ISO 7096: 2000 ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬
7096:2000. Briefly, this means that the seat is
designed to minimise whole-body vibrations during ‫ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‬.‫ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
machine operation, in the best possible way. ‫ﻛﻪ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
The size of the vibrations depends on different factors, ‫ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬.‫ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬.‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
many of which are not related to the construction of the
machine, such as ground conditions, speed and ‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
operating techniques. Note the following: - .‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 79 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Adjust the seat according to the operator weight ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭ ﻗﺪ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
and height
Keep the ground on the work site in good condition .‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Choose the correct operating technique and speed ‫ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ‬
for the existing circumstances. .‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Correctly adjusted operator seat increases operator ‫ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ‬.‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‬
comfort and safety. Incorrectly adjusted seat may lead ‫ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬. ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
to injuries. The adjustments that should be made are:
:‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
A. Back-rest inclination
B. Lumbar support ‫ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻴﺐ ﭘﺸﺘﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ‬A
C. Inclination and raising/lowering seat ‫ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺮ‬B
‫ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ‬C
D. Operator weight
‫ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ‬D
.E Longitudinal (leg room)
(‫ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ) ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬E

NOTE: Do not adjust the seat while the machine ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
is moving.
.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Mechanically adjusted seat ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ‬

A. Back-rest inclination
Pull the handle upward and adjust to the required ‫( ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﭘﺸﺘﻲ‬A)‫ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮﻩ‬:‫ – ﺷﻴﺐ ﭘﺸﺘﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ‬A
inclination. .‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
B. Lumbar support
Turn the knob to the required setting (hardlsoft).

‫( ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺮ ﺍﺯ‬B) ‫ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮﻩ‬:‫ – ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺮ‬B

.‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 80 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

C. Height and inclination

‫( ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬c ) ‫ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ‬:‫ – ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ‬C
Pull the handles upward and lift or lower the rear or .‫ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ‬
front end of the seat.

Never adjust the height of the seat with the weight

adjusting wheel

D. Adjusting for weight

Adjust the seat according to the relevant weight with (D) ‫ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮﻩ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ‬:‫ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ‬-D
the adjusting wheel. While sitting in the seat try to
adjust so that the upward and downward movement
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
ranges are equally distributed. Should not be used ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
for adjusting height. .‫ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
.‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‬

E. Longitudinal (leg room) ‫( ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ‬E) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ‬:(‫ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ) ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬-E
Pull the bar upward and push the seat (forward /
rearward) .‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬

F. Electrical heating ‫ – ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬F

‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 81‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Air-suspended seat‬‬ ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ‬

‫‪The adjustments are carried out in the same way as for‬‬
‫‪the mechanical seat, see previous page, except for‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺮ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫‪lumbar support and weight adjustments.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪B Adjusting lumbar support Using the buttons it is‬‬ ‫‪ -B‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺮ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ) ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ( )‪(B‬‬
‫‪possible to fill and empty the upper and lower lumbar‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﭘﺮ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﺮ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪supports separately as required.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪D Adjusting for weight By pressing the button marked +‬‬ ‫‪ - D‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ ) ﻛﻠﻴﺪ( ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪for filling and - for emptying, the seat suspension can‬‬
‫‪be adjusted according to the relevant operator weight.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ‪ +‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ – ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ‬
‫‪While sitting in the seat try to adjust so that the upward‬‬ ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪and downward movement ranges are equally‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ‬
‫‪distributed. Should not be used for adjusting height.‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪Lap type seat belt, checking and maintenance‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺗﺎﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ) ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ(‬
‫•‬ ‫‪Replace the belt if it is worn, damaged or if the‬‬ ‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﺳﻮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻑ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫‪machine has been involved in an accident where the‬‬
‫‪belt had to take some strain.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•‬ ‫‪Changes to the belt or its mountings must never‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪be made.‬‬
‫•‬ ‫‪The seat belt is intended for one grown up person‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪only‬‬
‫•‬ ‫‪Keep the belt rolled-up when not in use.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫•‬ ‫‪Change the belt every third year regardless of its‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﺳﻪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪condition.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•‬ ‫‪When washing, use a mild soap solution and allow‬‬ ‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮﻱ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫‪the belt to dry while it is fully pulled out, before rolling it‬‬
‫‪up. Make sure the belt is installed in a correct way.‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 82‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Climate Control system‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻫﻮﺍ‬

‫‪1. Fan control‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﻦ ) ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻧﻪ(‬

‫‪Position 0 = Turned off‬‬
‫‪Position 4 = Maximum speed‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ = 0‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ 4‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
‫‪2- Temperature control‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫‪Control forward (blue) Cold‬‬
‫‪Control rearward (red) Warm‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ) ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺁﺑﻲ( = ﺧﻨﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ) ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ( = ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫‪3- Recirculation control‬‬
‫‪Control forward = Maximum recirculation‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
‫‪Control rearward = Minimum recirculation‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ = ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ = ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
‫‪4- Switch, air conditioning‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ) ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ (‬
‫‪Lower end of switch pressed in = Air conditioning‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ = ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ‬
‫‪switched on.‬‬
‫‪If the pressure in the system becomes too high (e.g. if‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫‪the condenser is clogged up) the air conditioning will‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ) ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‬
‫‪cut out.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ) ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫‪Investigate and rectify the cause of the increase in‬‬
‫‪pressure, before restarting the function, see page 216.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 216‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5- Ventilation nozzles‬‬ ‫‪ -۵‬ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 83‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Adjusting heating and ventilation‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ‬

‫)‪(without air conditioning‬‬
‫)ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ (‬
‫‪The instructions below are basic recommendations.‬‬
‫‪Each operator should experiment to achieve the best‬‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ‬
‫‪possible working environment in the cab, i.e. the right‬‬
‫‪temperature without a draught.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬

‫‪How to achieve max. warmth:‬‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪• All nozzles fully open.‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪• Temperature control (2) at max.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ )‪ (۲‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪• Recirculation control (3) at max.‬‬
‫‪• Fan control (1) at max., i.e. speed 4.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ )‪ (۳‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﻦ)‪ (۱‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪4‬‬
‫‪In case of misting, see “…demisting all windows".‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ )ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪comfortable working temperature:‬‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺘﺒﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﻢ‬
‫‪• All nozzles fully open.‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪• When the temperature has risen to a comfortable‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ) ‪ (۲‬ﺭﺍ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫‪level, move control (2) until the required temperature is‬‬
‫‪maintained.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪•Recirculation control (3) at min.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ )‪ (۳‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪•Fan control (1) is set to 1 or 2.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﻦ )‪ (۱‬ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ ۱‬ﻳﺎ ‪ ۲‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪....... max. cooling:‬‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪• All nozzles fully open.‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪• Temperature control (2) at min.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ )‪ (۲‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫‪• Recirculation control (3) at min.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ )‪ (۳‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪•Fan control (1) at max., i.e. speed 4.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﻦ ) ‪ (۱‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪۴‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 84‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪How to achieve demisting of all windows‬‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪• Front nozzles directed towards front side windows.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Floor nozzles under instrument panel closed.‬‬
‫‪• Rear nozzle directed toward the rear window /‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻛﻒ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫‪side window.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻐﻞ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫‪• Temperature control (2) at max.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Recirculation control (3) at min.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ )‪ (۲‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫‪• Fan control (1) at max., i.e. speed 4.‬‬
‫‪• Switch (4) pressed down (the air conditioning‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ )‪ (۳‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪switched on).‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﻦ )‪ (۱‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪۴‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ)‪ (۴‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ) ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﻮﺍ( ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Provide for good ventilation‬‬
‫‪Do not operate the machine for long periods‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪without ventilation or with the cab fully closed‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻦ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪without having the fan turned on.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫‪Poorly ventilated air can cause tiredness (lack of‬‬
‫‪oxygen).‬‬ ‫ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ) ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﮋﻥ(‬

‫‪Air conditioning‬‬ ‫ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ) ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ(‬

‫‪How to achieve‬‬ ‫‪rapid cooling:‬‬

‫‪• All nozzles fully open.‬‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺧﻨﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪•Temperature control (2) at min.‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ )‪ (۲‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Recirculation control (3) at max.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ )‪ (۳‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﻦ )‪ (۱‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪۴‬‬
‫‪• Fan control (1) at max., i.e. speed 4.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ )‪ (۴‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ )ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ( ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪•Switch (4) depressed, i.e. the air conditioning switched‬‬
‫‪on.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 85‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫•‬ ‫‪When the temperature has dropped‬‬

‫‪sufficiently:‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪• Fan control (1) is set to 1 or 2.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﻦ )‪ (۱‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ )‪ (۱‬ﻳﺎ )‪ (۲‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪NOTE:‬‬
‫‪The temperature is regulated with the fan control‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫‪and with the heater control in order to obtain a‬‬
‫‪pleasant temperature.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﻦ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Window catch‬‬
‫‪The right side window, which also is the emergency‬‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﻩ )ﻗﻔﻞ( ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫‪exit from the cab, can be opened to two positions:‬‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫)'‪Position 1 (open approx. 10‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ ) ۱‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 10°‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‬
‫‪Lift up locking catch (A), open the window and secure it‬‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﻩ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ )‪ (A‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ‬
‫‪with stop (B).‬‬
‫)‪ (B‬ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)'‪Position 2 (fully open, 160‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﺑﺎﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ) ‪( 160°‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ ) ۲‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫•‬ ‫‪Open the window until it stops against the stop‬‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻐﻞ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪on the side of the cab.‬‬
‫‪• The window is provided with a gas-spring‬‬
‫‪function and closes automatically the last bit. Mind‬‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻚ ﮔﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪your fingers when closing the window.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺐ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 86‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Operating instructions read before operating‬‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫•‬ ‫‪Read and understand the Operator's Manual.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• The machine must be operational, i.e. faults which‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺒﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪can cause accidents must be rectified.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻓﻊ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Suitable clothing for safe handling and a hard hat‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻼﻩ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫‪should be worn.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Never operate the machine while under the‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺨﺪﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪influence of alcohol, medicine or other drugs.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• A loose mobile telephone must not be used, as it‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ )ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫‪may interfere with important electronics. The mobile‬‬
‫‪telephone must be connected to the electrical system‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫‪of the machine and have a fixed external aerial fitted‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪according to the instructions of the manufacturer.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Use steps and handhoids when entering or‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫‪leaving the machine. Use the three-point grip, i.e. two‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﭘﺎ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫‪hands and one foot or two feet and one hand. Always‬‬
‫!‪face the machine do not jump‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻧﭙﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Always sit in the operator seat when starting the‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪engine/machine.‬‬
‫ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Keep your hands away from areas where there is‬‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ) ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ( ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫‪a risk of crushing, e.g. covers, door and window.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•‬ ‫‪Always use the seat belt.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•‬ ‫‪The door should be closed:‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺏ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪• Check that the attachment is properly attached‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪and locked.‬‬
‫‪• The vibration (shaking) which arises when‬‬ ‫ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻀﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪operating may be harmful to the operator. Reduce this‬‬
‫‪by:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 87 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

- Adjusting the seat and tightening the seal belt. ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
- Picking the smoothest operating surface for the ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ )ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ‬
machine (levelling the surface when necessary).
Adapting your speed. (‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
• The cab is the protection of the machine
‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺩﺭ‬
operator and it meets the requirements for Roll
Over Protective Structures according to the ‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ‬.‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬Rops ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺍﮊﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
testing standard "ROPW. Therefore, hold firmly ‫ ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﮊﮔﻮﻥ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
onto the steering wheel if the machine should roll .‫ﻧﭙﺮﻳﺪ‬
over Do not jump!
• The cab is also designed to meet the
requirements for failing objects, the weight of .‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
which agrees with testing methods according to Fops ‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
"FOPS". .‫ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

• The cab has two emergency exits, the door ‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺳﻤﺖ‬
and the right side window.
.‫ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
• Only step or stand on surfaces which are
provided with anti-slip protection, see page 168. ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺿﺪ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬168‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 88 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Running-in Instructions ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ‬

These running-in instructions and intervals apply
during the running-in period, i.e. the first 50 hours. ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬.‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
During this period the machine should be ‫ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺒﺖ‬.‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬50 ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
operated with a certain care. .‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬181‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬.‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
For further information see page 181.

Engine ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
The engine oil and filters should be changed
after the first 50 hours. .‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬50 ‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
Thereafter the oil and filters should be changed .‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬500 ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬
every 500 hours.
NOTE: The conditions for changing oil and
replacing filters at intervals of 500 hours are 500 ‫ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
that: : ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‬

- the lubricating oil filters are changed every

time the oil is changed. .‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

- The filters are genuine Volvo 1ong life" filters Volvo ‫ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻭﻟﻮ‬-
and "bypass" filters on L120D and genuine ‫ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬L120 ‫ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﮔﺬﺭ)ﺑﺎﻱ ﭘﺲ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ‬
Volvo 9ong life" filters on L90D.
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬L90 ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ‬Volvo ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ‬
the diesel fuel sulphur content does not ‫ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﻥ‬0.2% ‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﮔﻮﮔﺮﺩ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
exceed 0.2 % by weight.
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
the fuel consumption between filter ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‬
replacements every 500 hours must not ‫ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ )ﮔﺎﻟﻦ‬6000 ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬500 ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ‬
exceed 6000 litres (1584 US gal) (L9OD) and
8000 litres (2112 US gal) (L120D). ‫ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ) ﮔﺎﻟﻦ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬8000‫ ﻭ‬L90D ‫ ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬1584 ‫ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬L120D ‫ ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬2112
the oil is of a certain quality grade, see page ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
254. .‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬254
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 89 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

The correct oil viscosity for the ambient air ‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ‬
temperature is used according to the diagram on
page 254. ‫ ( ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬254)‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮﺩ‬
If any of these conditions cannot be met, the oil should ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‬
be changed and the filters replaced every 250 hours. If ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬۲۵۰ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ‬
the machine operates under acid or particularly dusty
‫ﺍﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﭘﺮﮔﺮﺩﻭﺧﺎﻙ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
conditions, the oil should be changed every 125 hours.
.‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬۱۲۵ ‫ﻫﺮ‬
Transmission :‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
The oil filter should be replaced after the first 50-100
hours of operation. .‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺷﻮﺩ‬50-100 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
Thereafter the oil should be changed every 2000 hours 1000 ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬2000 ‫ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬،‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬
and the oil filter replaced every 1000 hours. .‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Hydraulic system ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬

The hydraulic oil filter should be replaced and the
magnetic rod cleaned after 2000 hours of ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ‬2000 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
operation. .‫ﺁﻫﻨﺮﺑﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Thereafter the oil* should be changed, the filter

replaced and the magnetic rod cleaned every 2000 ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬2000 ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﻫﺮ‬
hours. .‫ﺷﻮﺩ‬

The hydraulic oil should be changed every 2000 hours

if the system is filled with engine oil or biologically ) ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬4000 ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﻫﺮ‬
degradable hydraulic oil and every 4000 hours if the
system is filled with hydraulic oil. .‫ ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬254
For oil quality grades, see page 254.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 90 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Important!
- Check oil pressure and temperature often. .‫ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬:‫ﻣﻬﻢ‬
- Exercise the utmost cleanliness In all work ‫ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬،‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
with the engine, transmission and hydraulic
.‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
and fuel systems.
- Close and lock the engine covers after the .‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
service work has been completed.

General rules

The contents of the following pages are a

‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
compilation of rules which should be followed and
recommendations which are intended to be of ‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
assistance when operating the machine. .‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
However, the rules do not relieve the operator ‫ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
from taking into account local laws or other ‫ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ‬،‫ ﻫﻮﺷﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬.‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺑﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‬
national safety regulations. Alertness, good ‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬،‫ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
judgement and respect for safety regulations that ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
apply at different work sites and road traffic .‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‬
regulations, are conditions which make it possible
to avoid the risk of accidents and which will make
it possible to operate the machine in a safe way.
Operator duties
:‫ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ‬
• To know and take into consideration any ‫ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺤﺚ‬
specific requirements and risks at the work site :‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ‬
and together with the management discuss these. ‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﺟﺪﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ‬
• To study the rules and the recommendations
on the next few pages and to be aware of the ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻫﺎﻱ‬
basic conditions for how to avoid serious personal .‫ﻗﻮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
injuries and damage to property.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 91 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

WARNING!
Operators of construction machines are :‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
responsible for the working area of the machine ‫ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ‬
and must turn away any person who is not ‫ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
authorised to be there, when the machine is
operating. The operator must keep a good ‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻳﺎ‬
lookout forwards and rearwards to avoid the risk .‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
of running into persons or objects.

Operator qualifications :‫ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ‬

• Only trained persons are allowed to operate the .‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
machine.
• For travelling on a public road the operator must
hold an appropriate driving licence. In addition .‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
he/she should have reached the age of 18 years ‫ﻼ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬۱۸ ‫ﺑﻌﻼﻭﻩ ﺳﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
and be thoroughly familiar with the operation and .‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
maintenance of the machine.
• The operator should not operate the machine, if
he/she feels ill, is exhausted and is under the ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﺠﻪ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻭﻫﺎﻱ‬
influence of alcohol or strong medicines. .‫ﻗﻮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ‬

Ride-on instructor ‫ﺳﺮﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ‬

• Is only allowed on the machine, if it is provided ‫ﺳﺮﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ‬. ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
with an additional, suitable approved place.
.‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
WARNING!
It is forbidden to sit or stand in an unsuitable ‫ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ‬:‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
place on the machine, i.e. on the attachment ‫ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ‬،‫ ﺷﺎﺧﻚ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ) ﺑﺎﻛﺖ‬
(bucket, fork, platform etc.) or any other ‫ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬.‫ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
mounted equipment, so that the operator .‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
cannot handle the machine in a safe way.
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 92‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Travelling and operating (working) on a public‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫‪road‬‬
‫‪As a machine operator you are considered to be a‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫‪road user and therefore required to know and‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫‪follow applicable traffic regulations.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫!‪WARNING‬‬
‫‪When travelling on a public road, the lever‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ )‪ (CDC‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫‪steering (CDC) must not be activated - use the‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪steering wheel.‬‬

‫‪It is important to bear in mind that the machine, in‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪comparison with the rest of the traffic, is a slow‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫‪moving and wide vehicle, which may cause‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺑﺴﭙﺎﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺪ‬
‫‪obstruction. Bear this in mind and pay attention to‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ‬
‫‪the traffic behind you. Facilitate overtaking.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪The use of a SMV-plate (Slow Moving Vehicle‬‬
‫‪plate) is recommended. It should be positioned on‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻱ ‪ ) SMV‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﺪﺭﻭ( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪the machine where it is easily visible, not inside‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﻭﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫‪the rear window or any other window. It should be‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 0.6-1‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ )‪ (2-6ft‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫‪positioned at a height of 0.6-1.8 m (2-6 ft) above‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪the ground, measured from the lower edge of the‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪plate. Pay attention to national traffic regulations.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 93 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

When travelling on a public road the following :‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
applies:
The attachment should be empty, lowered to the
carry position (30-40 cm = 12-16 inches above the ‫( ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ‬30-40cm / 12 - 16in) ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
ground) and tilted fully backward. .‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
The front end of the material handling arm must
.‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﭼﻢ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
be marked with a red flag.

Lock the control levers with the control lever

lockout. .‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
All working lamps and any rotating warning ‫ﻛــﻠﻴﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﻏــﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﭼــﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ‬
beacon should be switched off (check local (‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‬
regulations).

Hazard flashers must not be used. .‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻼﺷﺮ ) ﭼﺸﻤﻚ ﺯﻥ( ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
If attachments and buckets obscure the vision,
they may not be used when travelling on public ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺩﺭ‬
roads. (check local regulations). (‫ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‬

Make sure that large attachments/buckets do not

obscure the travelling lights. According to traffic ‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
regulations, a sufficiently large area in front of the ‫ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬. ‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
machine must be sufficiently illuminated. .‫ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

Additional attachments such as buckets, spades and ‫ﻼ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬

‫ ﺑﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
iron bars must be thoroughly secured with tensioning
.‫ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‬
straps or chains.
A trailer or similar may normally only be used ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺪﻙ ﻛﺶ ) ﺗﺮﻳﻠﺮ( ﻳﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ‬
temporarily on a public road and then only for ،‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺻﺮﻓﹰﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﻣﺜﻞ ) ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
transporting supplies for the machine when on ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ‬.‫ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‬،‫ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬،‫ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬
site (attachments, tools, fuel, oils etc.).
.‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‬
Pay attention to national instructions.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 94 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

When operating (working) on a public road the ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ‬
following applies: .‫ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
•Road signs, traffic restricting arrangements and
other safety devices, which may be required when ‫ ﺗـــﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ) ﺗﺮﺩﺩ( ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬، ‫ﺑــﻪ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
considering traffic speed and intensity or other .‫ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‬
local conditions, must be used.

•When moving a machine with a suspended load,

special attention must be observed. When ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬. ‫ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ‬
required, request the help of a signal man. .‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

• Rotating warning beacon may be used: .‫ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‬-
-on vehicle during road maintenance work, e.g. ‫ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﻣﺖ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺭﻭﺑﻲ‬-
snow clearing
- on attached or connected implement, which is ‫ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ‬-
wider than the vehicle itself. .‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
- When the vehicle constitutes a hindrance or .‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺰﺍﺣﻤﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻄﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬-
danger to other traffic
- When operating (working) on or by the side of .‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ‬-
the roadway.
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page: 95‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Operating space‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬

‫‪• In narrow passages check that there is sufficient‬‬ ‫• ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺭﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻛﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫‪room for machine‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Move slowly.‬‬ ‫• ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Drive in the middle of a doorway which is too‬‬ ‫• ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺭﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪narrow to allow two machines to meet.‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﺬﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Operating indoors‬‬
‫‪• only operate inside buildings when there is no‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺭﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪risk that there will be a high concentration of‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻥ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺍﮔﺰﻭﺯ‬
‫‪exhaust gases and which have been approved by‬‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪the management.‬‬
‫‪• Avoid idling and follow safety instructions issued‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫‪by the management‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Floor load‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪• Do not exceed the maximum permissible floor load.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Dangerzones‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ‪:‬‬
‫‪• Do not operate too close to the edge of a quay, ramp,‬‬ ‫• ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ‬
‫‪platform etc.‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺒﺖ ﻭ‬
‫‪• Observe care when operating near areas which are‬‬ ‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪indicated as dangerous.‬‬
‫•‬
‫‪Position of the attachment‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪• Operate with the attachment in the transporting‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪) .‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 30-40‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲ‬
‫‪position (lowered to 30-40 cm (12-16 in) above the‬‬
‫‪ground) either it is empty or loaded (does not apply‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺮﻱ )‪ (12-16in‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ( ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ) ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫‪when loading or unloading).‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪(.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 96 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Steep slope ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺷﻴﺒﻲ‬

Never operate down a slope with the gear .‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺷﻴﺒﻲ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‬
selector in neutral.
Shift down while still approaching the slope and ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
reduce the speed so that the machine cane be .‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
handled safely under all circumstances.
For reinforced engine retarding function, see .‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬108 ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻤﻚ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺧﻔﻪ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
page108.
Operate a loaded machine with the load towards ) ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺷﻴﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺭ )ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻧﻮﻙ‬
the top of the slope. Do not operate across slopes ‫ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬17° ‫ﺑﺎﻻﻱ( ﺳﺮﺍﺷﻴﺒﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
which are steeper than 17°. .‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‬

Travelling speed ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬

• Adapt the speed to the road conditions, visibility
.‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
and load.
• Note that the reaction speed of the steering is
‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ‬
affected by the speed of the engine. Therefore,
.‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
adapt the speed before turning a corner.
• Carefully follow the applicable instructions for ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬.‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻗﺖ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
changing travelling direction, i.e. from forward to ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ‬
reverse and vice versa, so that the machine does not
stop too suddenly. .‫ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪97‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Transporting machine On the platform of another‬‬ ‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫‪vehicle‬‬
‫‪• If the machine is lifted up onto another vehicle,‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪the frame joint must be locked.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- Steer the machine so that it is straight and turn‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪off the engine.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪-Take out the front or rear pin (depending on‬‬
‫‪machine type) and swing over the frame joint lock‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ) ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫‪to the intended locking position insert and lock the‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﻭ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪pin.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺎ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪• If the machine is driven up onto another vehicle,‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻔﻞ‬
‫‪the frame joint must not be locked.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Tie the machine down against the platform of the‬‬
‫‪transporting vehicle, so that it cannot tip or begin‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﮊﮔﻮﻥ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪to roll. Use the following attaching points:‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪- Attaching eyes on front frame (in front of the‬‬ ‫ﻗﻼﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺟﻠﻮ ) ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ(‬
‫‪front axle attachment).‬‬
‫)‪- Attaching eyes on rear frame (by the frame joint‬‬
‫‪and in the towing hook.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻼﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻘﺐ ) ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻼﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫‪•Block the wheels.‬‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪98‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪NOTE:‬‬
‫‪To avoid air being forced down the exhaust‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﮔﺰﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫‪pipe when transporting, it should be covered‬‬ ‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﺍﮔﺰﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ )‪(C‬‬
‫‪with suitable protection (C) (not plastic).‬‬ ‫ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ )ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ( ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫‪Otherwise the turbocharger may be damaged.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺭﺑﻮﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪Lifting‬‬
‫‪• Only use lifting eyes intended for this purpose‬‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫‪and lock the frame joint. The lifting eyes are‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻼﺑﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪positioned as shown in the figure.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻼﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Across ramp‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪:‬‬

‫‪First check that the ramp is amply wide enough‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫‪and has the required strength and that it will not‬‬ ‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪be displaced.‬‬
‫‪In elevator or other narrow space‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫‪1- Reverse the machine in.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫‪2- Apply the parking brake and stop the engine‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺴﻮﺭ ) ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ( ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫‪before starting the elevator.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫!‪WARNING‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻳﻚ‬
‫‪If the machine is driven across from a loading‬‬
‫‪dock onto the platform of a truck or trailer,‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﻠﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪make sure that this vehicle is securely braked,‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪i.e. the wheels blocked and that there is no‬‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ) ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻭﺍﮊﮔﻮﻥ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫‪risk that the vehicle will tip or tilt in a‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫‪dangerous way as the machine is driven‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪across.‬‬
‫‪Also follow national or state regulations.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪99‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Loading and unloading‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ‬

‫‪Machine operator's obligations and rights‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫‪• Be responsible for the load of the machine during the‬‬ ‫• ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﻬﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪progressing work. There must be no risk of the load‬‬
‫‪failing off while operating.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Operate the machine so that risks of injury are‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫‪avoided.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Refuse to take a load which is an obvious safety risk.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Have good control of the working area of the‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪machine‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫‪Prevent persons from walking or standing under raised‬‬
‫‪lifting arms, unless they have been made safe or‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪supported.‬‬ ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- Prevent persons from entering or remaining in‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫‪the danger area, i.e. a distance of at least 7 m (23‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ‪ (23 ft) 7m‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ft) in all directions from operating machines. The‬‬
‫‪operator may allow a person to remain in the‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪danger area, but should then observe caution and‬‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪operate the machine only when the person is‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺍﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬
‫‪visible or has given clear indications of where he‬‬
‫‪or she is.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- Prevent persons from being in the cab of a‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ‬
‫‪vehicle which is placed so that there is a risk that‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ‬
‫‪the cab may be hit by other machines or failing‬‬
‫‪objects, e.g. stones or logs. This does not apply if‬‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ) ﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ( ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
‫‪the cab is sufficiently strong or protected to‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻭ‬
‫‪withstand the impact of such external forces.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Respect the stated load for the machine. Pay‬‬
‫‪attention to the effect of different distances to the‬‬ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫‪centre of gravity and the influence of different‬‬ ‫ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪attachments.‬‬
‫‪The danger area around operating machines is at‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ‪ (23ft) 7m‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ‬
‫)‪least 7m (23ft‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Measures before operating‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ‬

‫‪1- Place gear lever and control levers for the‬‬
‫‪working hydraulics in neutral.‬‬ ‫‪ -۱‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪2- Apply the parking brake.‬‬ ‫‪ -۲‬ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪3- Carry out daily service, see page 238 (L150D‬‬ ‫‪ -۳‬ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ )‪238 (L150D‬‬
‫‪or 240 (L200D).‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ‪ 240‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ )‪ (L200D‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4- Clean the windows.‬‬ ‫‪ -۴‬ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5- Check that there are no faulty or loose parts‬‬ ‫‪ -۵‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ‬
‫‪which can cause damage.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪6- Check that the battery disconnect switch is‬‬ ‫‪ -۶‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪switched on.‬‬
‫‪7- Check that there is fuel in the tank'.‬‬ ‫‪ -۷‬ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪8- Check that the frame joint lock has been‬‬
‫‪disconnected.‬‬ ‫‪-۸‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪9- Check that the wheels are not blocked.‬‬ ‫‪ -۹‬ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪10- Check that engine and access covers are‬‬
‫‪closed and that the radiator casing is closed‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۰‬ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ‬
‫‪and secured.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪11- Check that there are no persons in the vicinity‬‬

‫‪of the machine.‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۱‬ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪101‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪12- Adjustable steering wheel should be adjusted‬‬

‫‪to right angles relative to the seat and so that the‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۲‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫‪upper arms are pointing approx. 450 forward and‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ‪ 45°‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪downward. This is to reduce static muscle strain‬‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ )‬
‫‪in shoulders and neck. For seat adjustment, see‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻛﻦ( ﺩﺭ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪page.‬‬
‫‪13- Fasten the seat belt and keep both feet on the‬‬ ‫‪ -۱۳‬ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪pedals.‬‬

‫‪Additional measures in cold weather‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﺳﺮﺩ‬

‫‪• Scrape the windows.‬‬ ‫• ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﺑﺮﻓﻚ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺘﺮﺍﺷﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪• Make sure that the freezing point of the coolant‬‬ ‫• ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﺎﺩ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ‬
‫‪corresponds to the weather conditions, see page‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 194‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪194.‬‬
‫‪• Use the recommended lubricating oil for winter use.‬‬ ‫• ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪After operating‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫‪• Fill the fuel tank, as this will counteract the formation‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫‪of condensation water.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪*) If the fuel tank has been run dry or If air for any‬‬
‫‪other reason has entered the fuel system, this must‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪be bled before the engine can be started, see page‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪186.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻮﺍﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ 186‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪(.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 102 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Starting engine ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬

WARNING! The engine must only be stared with :‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
the ignition switch in the cab.
.‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
1- Turn the ignition key to starting position (3). .‫( ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬3) ‫ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬-۱
2- Release the key as soon as the engine has started. .‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-۲
3- If the temperature is below +10 'C the preheating
element will be connected automatically. The length of ‫ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ‬+10° ‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬-۳
time during which the element remains connected ‫ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭻ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬.‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
depends on the coolant temperature. .‫ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
4- Check that the brake system warning lamp and the ‫ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ) ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ( ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬-۴
central warning lamp have been extinguished.
.‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
5- If the engine does not start, turn the key backto the ‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺕ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬-۵
M" position, before making a new starting attempt.*
.‫( ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‬0) ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
6- Check that gauges, controls and instruments are
functioning. .‫ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ‬-۶

7- Check that the attachment is securely fastened to ‫ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬-۷
the machine by pressing it against the ground.
.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
8- Check that no persons are near the machine. .‫ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-۸
9- Sound the horn. .‫ ﺑﻮﻕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‬-۹
10- Select speed gear position. .‫ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬-۱۰
11- Select a directional gear (forward or reverse). ‫ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-۱۱
(‫ ﻋﻘﺐ‬/ ‫) ﺟﻠﻮ‬
12- Release the parking brake and increase the .‫ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬-۱۲
engine speed.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 103 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Starting cold engine ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ ) ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
(ambient temperatures down to 10 OC (+14 'F).
(+14°f) - 10°c
1- Follow the points above. .‫ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-۱
2- Depress the accelerator pedal halfway. .‫ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬-۲
3- Turn the ignition key to running position (1). .‫( ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬۱) ‫ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬-۳
4- Press the switch for the preheating element. .‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬-۴
5- Release the ignition key and the switch. (‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-۵
6- The preheating is now engaged and the control
lamp is alight. (The length of time during which the ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬-۶
element remains connected depends on the coolant ‫ ) ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
temperature). (‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬

7-When the control lamp goes out, turn the ignition key ،‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬-۷
to starting position (3).
.‫( ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬۳) ‫ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺕ‬
8-When the engine starts, the preheating element will ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬-۸
be automatically reconnected and the control lamp will .‫ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
light up (at temperatures below +10 'C (+50 'F).
(+50°F ) + 10°C ‫)ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
NOTE: If the control lamp for the preheating ‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬50 ‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
element continues to light after a preheating period
of 50 seconds, the element is still connected. ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ‬
Should this be the case, check the function of the ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬.‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
element as there is a risk of overheating.
.‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
• Leave the engine running at low idling for 30 seconds
so that the oil in the engine, transmission, hydraulic ‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬30 ‫ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ‬
system and axles has warmed up and become ‫ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬،‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
sufficiently fluid to provide proper lubrication. .‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 104 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

• To race the engine immediately after it has been ‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺧﻨﻚ‬
started may also endanger the lubrication and cooling ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﺭﺑﻮﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻱ‬
of the turbocharger with great risk of bearing seizure as
a consequence. .‫ﺗﻮﺭﺑﻮﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬

Starting with booster batteries, see page 200. ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬200
Gear shifting Manual gear shifting (‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ) ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ‬
(Programme selector for gear shifting, "Mode
Selector" in position MAN) (‫ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ‬،‫)ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
• In order to move off, select a suitable gear and then ‫ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺟﻬﺖ‬، ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
the direction of travel, forward or reverse. (‫ ﻋﻘﺐ‬/ ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) ﺟﻠﻮ‬

Gear selector ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬

• The four manual gear positions on the machine are
selected by turning the control to the required position. ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ‬
.‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Directional gear
Selector in position N = Neutral
Selector in position F = Operating forward ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
Selector in position R = Operating rearward ‫ = ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻼﺹ‬N ‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ = ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ‬F‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ = ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ‬R‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬

‫ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬:‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬

WARNING! ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺷﻴﺒﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
The selector control must, for reasons of traffic
safety, under no circumstances be moved to .‫ﺧﻼﺹ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻔﻪ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
neutral when operating downhill - no engine ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
retarding effect. Never leave the machine with the
selector in forward or reverse while the engine is ‫ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ‬.‫ﺟﻠﻮ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
running- there is a risk that the machine may begin .‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
to move.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 105 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

When changing from forward to reverse or vice ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻭ ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
versa, the spee of the machine and of the engine ‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬،‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
should be reduced as much a possible, .‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
particularly if the machine is working on firm
ground.

Do not shift between Forward and Reverse at ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ‬
higher speeds than 2nd gear. .‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‬

Automatic Power Shift (APS 11) ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬

(Gear selector in speed gear position 3 or 4) (‫) ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The shift modulation allows the machine operator ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬
to select different automatic shifting programmes
.‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
(modes) depending on the operating conditions.

Operating in the APS position ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬
• Turn the gear selector control to gear position 3 .‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
or 4.
• Set the shift mode selector Within the automatic ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ) ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ‬
range (not the manual). (‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‬
• Select directional gear. .‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
• Accelerate and the machine will start in 2nd ‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﻭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ( ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ‬
gear (basic gear). If the machine is already .‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
moving, it will engage 3rd gear automatically.
• Up - and downshifts are made between 2nd 3rd ‫ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭ ﻭ ﺳﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
4th gears forward and between 2nd – 3rd in .‫ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭ ﻭ ﺳﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
reverse.
• When the direction of travel has been changed ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
the machine will start off in 2nd gear. .‫ﺩﻭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 106 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

• For shifting down to l st gear, see "Kick-down ( ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ) ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
function" on the next page. (.‫ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Position LIGHT :‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺒﻚ‬

• The first position means that the gear shifting
will take place at low engine speeds and is ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
preferably used for transport operations without .‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
load.

• The second position means that the gear

shifting will take place at a slightly higher engine ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ‬
speed than in the first position and is used for ‫ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ‬/ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
lighter loading/carrying operations. .‫ﺳﺒﻚ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬

• With the accelerator fully depressed, upshifting ‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ )ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ( ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
takes place according to the HEAVY position. .‫ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
• The best utilisation is obtained if the accelerator
is not depressed fully, as the difference in engine ‫ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬،‫ﻼ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
speed at which upshifting takes place between ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺒﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
the LIGHT and HEAVY positions will be more
.‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‬
noticeable.

• Results in lower fuel consumption and lower

noise level. ‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ‬

Position HEAVY ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬

• The machine does not shift until higher engine and ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭ‬
travelling speeds have been reached.
.‫ﻫﻤﭽﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
• Preferably used in cases where the machine ‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﹰﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ‬
changes gear when operating uphill or when the rolling
resistance is great. .‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪107‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫)‪Position MAN (manual‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ‬

‫‪• After starting gear shifting is done manually, see‬‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑـــﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪page 104.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 104‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Kick-down function‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫‪Kick- down is obtained, if the mode selector is‬‬
‫‪within the automatic range, the gear selector‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬
‫‪control is in either of positions 2, 3, or 4 and‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ 3,2‬ﻳﺎ ‪4‬‬
‫‪either of the kick-down buttons is actuated.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪• When the kick-down button is pressed, 1 st gear‬‬

‫‪will be engaged if the travelling speed already is‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫‪below 10 km/h (6.2 mph) or if the speed drops‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ )‪ 10km /h (6.2 mph‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪below 10 km/h (6.2 mph) within 8 seconds after‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ‪ 8‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ )‪ 10km/ h (6.2 mph‬ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫‪the button was depressed.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪• When 1 st gear has been engaged the buzzer‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﻮﻕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪will give off one short pip.‬‬ ‫ﺻﺪﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• 1 st gear will remain engaged unless the‬‬
‫‪kick-down function switch is actuated a second‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪time or if the engine speed becomes extremely‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ) ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪high (when the switch is actuated a second time,‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﻭ )‪ (۲‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪(.‬‬
‫‪2nd gear will be engaged).‬‬

‫‪• If the direction of travel is changed, the‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ ۱‬ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫‪machine will start off in 2nd gear, provided‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ )‪ (۲‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪automatic shifting is selected.‬‬
‫‪NOTE: The CDC equipment also allows the‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ) ﺳﻴﺴﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ( ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫‪kick-down function to be operated from the‬‬ ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺣﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻫﺮﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻜﻠﺮﺩ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫‪arm rest.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 108 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Engine retarding / downshifting ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬

With the aid of the button for engine retarding / ‫ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬/ ‫ﺧﻔﻪ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
downshifting it is possible to obtain an immediate ‫ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﻔﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
downshift to the next lower gear or a downshift of
‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻣﻲ‬
two gears, or preventing unwanted upshifting.
.‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
• One press of the button at higher speeds, will ‫ ﺑﻪ‬۴ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
result in a downshifting from 4th to 3rd gear. .‫ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬۳ ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
• A further press of the button, when the travelling
speed of the machine is less than 22 km/h (13.7 ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
mph), will result in a downshifting to 2nd gear. .‫ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬2 ‫ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬24km/h(13.7 mph)

• If the switch is kept in the pressed-in position, ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
upshifting to the next higher gear is prevented, ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
which can be used when operating downhill or ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
when approaching a vehicle which is to be
.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
loaded.
NOTE: If certain critical rotational speeds and
travelling speeds are exceeded, upshifting ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
takes place. .‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬

If the engine or transmission speed becomes too

high, the central warning will begin to flash, the (‫ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ) ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ‬،‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
buzzer will sound and the text "Overspeeding in ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻮﻕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺼﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ " ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
selected geae'will be shown on the display unit. .‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ" ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬

NOTE: The frequency of the signals from the

central warning and the buzzer is more rapid ‫ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺴﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ) ﺍﺻﻠﻲ( ﻭ ﺑﻮﻕ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
than when there is a warning in connection ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ‬
with other functions. .‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 109 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Under these circumstances, lower the travelling

speed, or select a higher gear to reduce the ‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬، ‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
engine speed. .‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Steering ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬

The machine has articulated frame steering
controlled by a hydrostatic steering system.

Lever steering, CDC (optional)

The system has three operating functions

concentrated to a collapsible arm rest: steering,
Forward/Reverse and kick-down.

This means that during normal loading work, the

machine operator does not need to touch the
steering wheel.
The arm rest has to be in the lowered position and
the system switched on with switch (1) on the arm
rest to activate the functions, see page 87.
The control lamp on the front left instrument panel
remains on while the CDC functions are activated.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 110 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

WARNING!
When operating on a public road, it is
prohibited to have he lever steering activated -
use the steering wheel. Also when operating
at high speeds (above 20 km/h 12.4 mph) on a
work site, always use the steering wheel in
order to avoid accidents.

The CDC functions will be automatically

deactivated, if the gear selector control is
moved from neutral.

Small physical effort is required to operate the

lever steering. The distance the lever is moved is
proportional to the speed at which the steering
system reacts. This means that it is possible to
make very slight movements when one wishes to
do so.

The steering wheel always remains functional.

HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 111 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

1- Activating (CDC) ( ‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ) ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬-١
In order to be able to use the steering, Forward / ‫ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ‬/ ‫ ﺟﻠﻮ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
Reverse and kick- down functions from the arm ) ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ‬،‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ‬
rest, the arm rest must be lowered and the system
.‫( ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬۱
activated with switch 1.
To make it possible to activate the system, the ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
following steps must first be carried out:
- The arm rest must be lowered. ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ‬
- The gear selector on the arm rest and ordinary ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
gear selector control must both be in neutral. .‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
- The engine must be running, but the machine .‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
must be stationary.

1- Activating CDC
2- Steering lever
3- Kick-down button
4- Gear-shifting function

2- Steering lever ‫ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬-۲

Small physical effort is required to operate the
lever steering. The distance the lever is moved is
proportional to the speed at which the steering ‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ‬. ‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
system reacts. This means that it is possible to ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻲ ) ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ( ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
make very slight movements when one wishes to ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬
do so. .‫ ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
The steering wheel always remains functional.
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪112‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪3- Kick-down button‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪With the kick-down button pressed in, the transmission‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ ۱‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫‪will shift down to 1st gear, provided the automatic‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪۲‬ﻭ‪۳‬ﻭﻳﺎ ‪ ۴‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪shifting range has been selected on the gearshift mode‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪selector and if the speed gear selector control is in‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳــﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫‪either of positions 2, 3 or 4.‬‬
‫ﺑــﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ) ‪ ( 107‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪For further instructions, see page 107.‬‬

‫)‪4- Gear shifting function (Forward/Reverse‬‬ ‫‪ -۴‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ) ﺟﻠﻮ ‪ /‬ﻋﻘﺐ(‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ = ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫= ‪With the front end of the switch pressed down‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ = ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Forward drive.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫= ‪With the rear end of the switch depressed‬‬
‫‪Reverse drive.‬‬
‫‪There is a neutral position between the forward‬‬
‫‪and reverse positions.‬‬
‫‪NOTE:‬‬
‫‪The ordinary gear selector control always has‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻱ ﻭ‬
‫‪priority, i.e. if the ordinary gear selector‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻮﻳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫‪control is actuated, the selection made from‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
‫‪the armrest is cancelled.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Braking‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬

‫‪Apply the brakes gently. This is particularly‬‬
‫‪important when operating with a load or on‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪slippery ground. See also the engine retarding‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻟﻐﺰﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻔﻪ‬
‫‪function on page 85.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ) ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 113 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
WARNING!
The transmission disengage function must not be ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻛﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
used when travelling on the road.
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‬

Brake test ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬

(Checking service brakes)
The brake test is carried out with the aid of computer ( ‫ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬، ‫)ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
software, which measures the average retardation of ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
the machine. The test can be carried out by the ‫ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
machine operator from the display unit. .‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

WARNING! :‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
Brake test and checking the parking brake must ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
only be done within an area where it cannot cause .‫ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻑ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‬
accidents.

Conditions
1- Brake test must only be done within an area where it ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬
cannot cause accidents (risk of being run into from ) ‫ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻑ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‬-۱
behind etc.). (‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

2- The ground must be level and the surface have ‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬-۲
good friction.
3- The machine must not be loaded. ‫ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬-۳
4- The travelling speed of the machine must exceed 20 20km/h ‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬،‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬-۴
km/h (12.4 mph) when the service brakes are applied. ‫( ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬12mph)
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪114‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Acceptable values can only be obtained If the test is‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ‬
‫‪carried out on dry asphalt, dry concrete or other similar‬‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﺸﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻮﻥ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪surfaces.‬‬
‫‪Measuring procedure‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫‪Make sure that the prerequisites as above are met.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ) ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ( ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1- Select AXLES/BRAKES from the keyboard.‬‬ ‫‪ -۱‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ‪ /‬ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2- Select the sub menu BRAKE TEST with the arrow‬‬ ‫‪ -۲‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫‪key.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3 –Move off (gear selector position A).‬‬ ‫‪ -۳‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ A‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪When the speed exceeds 20 km/h (12.4 mph) there will‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ )‪ 20km/h (12.4 mph‬ﺑﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪be a short pip signal and the display unit will show "0.0‬‬
‫‪M/S2 0.00 g”,‬‬ ‫ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛــﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷــﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻦ ‪“0.0 m/s2‬‬
‫‪Which means that the speed required for the test has‬‬ ‫‪ ”0.00g‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫‪been reached.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪4-If the display unit instead shows “X.X M/S2 X.XX g”,‬‬ ‫‪ -۴‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺘﻦ ”‪ “x.x m/s2 x.xxg‬ﻋﻮﺽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫‪the speed is too low (below 20 km/h = 12.4 mph).‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ )‪ 20km/h (12.4 mph‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪To obtain credible and useful test values, the brake‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺛﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫‪application must be carried out:‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Without wheels locking or skidding.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻐﺰﻳﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ) ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ(‬ ‫•‬
‫‪• With the brakes applied as hard as possible and‬‬ ‫• ﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪without letting up the brake pedal during the test.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 115 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Result and evaluation ‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬

The test result will be shown on the display unit when
the machine has stopped, i.e. the speed is 0 kmlh, and ،‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
remains on the display until the speed again exceeds ‫ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲ‬0km/h ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
10 km/h (6.2 mph). .‫ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬10km/h (6-2mph) ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﺗــﺎ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹸﺍ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
In order to eliminate tests during which the wheels ‫ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎﻱ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‬
have 2 locked, brake applications where the ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬8m/s2 (082g) ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
retardation exceeds 8 m/s (0.82 g) are not registered.
.‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
In this case "X.X M/S2 X.XX g" will be shown on the ‫“ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬x.xm /s2 x.xxg” ‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‬
display unit. .‫ﺷﻮﺩ‬

Minimum value for brake test: 4.75 M/52 (0.489) 4.75m/s2 (0.48 g) ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
If the measured retardation is less than 4.75 M/S2 ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬4.75 m/s2 (0.48g) ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
(0.48 g), a new test has to be carried out.
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
If this test too shows a value below 4.75 m/s2 (0.48 g), 4.75m/s2 (0.48g) ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
the brake system must be checked by an authorised
workshop.
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬

Stopping machine ‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬

The machine is stopped in the following way:
.‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
1- Lower the engine speed. .‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
2- Apply the brakes and when the machine is ‫ﻼ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
stationary move the gear selector to neutral. .‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
3- Lower the attachment to the ground. .‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
4- Apply the parking brake. .‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪116‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Stopping engine‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫‪1- Run the engine at low idling a couple of minutes‬‬
‫‪before stopping it in order to safeguard the lubrication‬‬ ‫‪ -۱‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﺭﺑﻮﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫‪and cooling of the turbocharger.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 2‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪2- Turn the ignition switch key counter-clockwise so‬‬ ‫‪ -۲‬ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺟﻬﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﻋﻘﺮﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫‪that the control lamps go out and the engine stops.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪:‬‬
‫!‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ) ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪When you are entering or leaving the machine,‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪always face the machine and use the steps or hand‬‬
‫‪holds to avoid slipping. Always use the‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫‪"three-point" grip, i.e. both hands and one foot or‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻜﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﭘﺎ ﻭ ﻳﻚ‬
‫‪both feet and one hand, when entering or leaving-‬‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﭙﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Do not jump!-‬‬
‫‪If the engine is running, care must be taken when‬‬
‫‪leaving the cab, so as not to turn the steering wheel‬‬
‫‪unintentionally. This applies particularly if the steering‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪wheel is provided with a steering knob.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫]‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 117 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Parking ‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬

1- If possible, place the machine on level ground. If this
is not possible, block the wheels so that the machine ‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ‬. ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-۱
cannot start rolling. Lower the attachment against the ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ‬
ground. .‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬

2- Check that all switches and controls are in the "off" ‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻼﺹ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ‬-۲
position or in neutral.
.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
3- Apply the parking brake. .‫ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-۳
4- Remove the keys. .‫ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‬-۴
5- Turn off the current supply with the battery ،‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ‬-۵
disconnect switch, if the machine is to be left
unattended for some time.
.‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
6- Lock all covers, windows and the door. .‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-۶

Long- term parking

‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
1- Carry out the measures as described above. .‫ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬-۱
2- Wash the machine and touch up the paint finish to .‫ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‬-۲
avoid rusting.
3- Treat exposed parts with anti-rust. agent, lubricate ‫ﻼ‬
‫ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬.‫ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺿﺪ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬-۳
the machine thoroughly and apply grease to unpainted ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﻚ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬
surfaces like lifting and tilting cylinders etc.
.‫ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
4- Check the tyre pressure .‫ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-۴
5- Fill the fuel tank and the hydraulic oil tank to the .‫ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-۵
max. marks.
6- Cover the exhaust pipe (parking out-of-doors). ( ‫ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﮔﺰﻭﺯﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ )ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺷﻬﺎ‬-۶
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 118 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

After the long-term parking check ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
• All oil and fluid levels .‫• ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
• Tension of all belts
• Tyre pressure m Air cleaner .‫• ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫• ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫• ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Limp-Home operation
‫ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬/ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
In case of a fault in the V-ECU, it is possible to ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
temporarily chang the electrical connections ‫ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ) ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ( ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
(by-passing the V-ECU) to allow the m chine to be
moved. .‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
NOTE: Operating with the V-ECU by-passed is only ‫ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
intended, to make it possible to move the machine
to a safe place wher it can be repaired. ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻣﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
During the by-passing the following functions will be
available: .‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

• It is only possible to operate the machine in 2nd gear ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ‬۲ ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
forward or reverse.
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
• The parking brake can be applied and released. .‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
• The preheating of the engine can be switched on or
off manually. Electrical distribution box before by-passing the V-ECU .‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
1- Loosely hanging cable harness in the electrical distribution
box with connectors marked TA and EM
• The warning function for low brake pressure is (‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ) ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
2- V-ECU
available (warning lamp). 3- Ordinary cable harness with connector TA
• The engine cooling fan will be running at maximum 4- Plate bracket .‫ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻧﻪ ) ﻓﻦ ( ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
speed. 5- Circuit board
NOTE: If the machine is provided with secondary ‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬: ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
steering, this will not be functional.
.‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 119 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

By-passing V-ECU completed ‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
1- Remove the lining from the rear cab wall. .‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‬-۱
2- Disconnect the loosely hanging cable harness in the ‫ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬،‫ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺁﻭﻳﺰﺍﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-۲
electrical distribution box, connectors marked TA and
EM.
.‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬EM ‫ ﻭ‬EA ‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬
3- Disconnect connector TA on the ordinary cable ‫ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ‬TA ‫ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬-۳
harness from plate bracket (between V-ECILI and
circuit board).
(‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ‬
4- Join connector TA on the ordinary cable ‫ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺁﻭﻳﺰﺍﻥ‬TA ‫ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬TA ‫ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬-۴
harness to connector TA on the loose cable
.‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
harness.
5- Connect connector EM on the loose cable ‫ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺁﻭﻳﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬EM ‫ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬-۵
harness to the socket marked EM on the circuit
.‫ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬EM
board.
6- Disconnect all connections from the V-ECU, i.e. ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬.‫ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-۶
connectors EA, EB and EC. EC ‫ ﻭ‬EB ‫ ﻭ‬EA ‫ﻫﺎﻱ‬
7- It is now possible to move the machine while ‫ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬-۷
the V-ECU is bypassed. .‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
Reconnecting the V-ECU ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
Electrical distribution box with the V-ECU by passed
1- The loose cable harness connected to the connector
After the machine has been moved and remedial marked TA on the ordinary cable harness and connected to ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
action taken, the connectors should be EM on the circuit board circuit board. ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
reconnected to their original positions as follows: 2- The V-ECL1 with connector EB, EA and EC dis- 2 .‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Disconnect the connectors marked TA. connected
1- Disconnect connector EM on the loose cable 3- Plate bracket with connector TA on the ordinary cable .‫ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺁﻭﻳﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬EM ‫ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬-۱
harness from the harness disconnected
2- Disconnect the connector marked TA. 4- Circuit board with connector EM on the loose .‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬TA ‫ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻑ‬-۲
cable harness connected
3- Reconnect connector TA on the ordinary cable .‫ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬TA ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬-۳
harness to the plate bracket.
4- Join together connectors marked TA and EM ‫ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺁﻭﻳﺰﺍﻥ ) ﻳﺪﻛﻲ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬EM ‫ ﻭ‬TA ‫ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬-۴
on the loose cable harness. .‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
5- Reconnect connectors EA, EB and EC to the ‫ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻭﺻﻞ‬EC ‫ ﻭ‬EA ‫ ﻭ‬EB ‫ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ‬-۵
V-ECU. .‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
6- Re-install the lining on the rear cab wall. .‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-۶
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Recovering/Towing‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺳﺎﺯﻱ ‪ /‬ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬

‫‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫‪Before taking any steps in preparation for‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫‪recovering or towing, the parking brake must‬‬
‫‪be applied and the wheels blocked to prevent‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫‪the machine from rolling.‬‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪The greatest care must be taken in connection‬‬
‫‪with towing to avoid serious injury which at‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﺟﺪﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺧﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫‪worst could be fatal.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﺮﮒ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Measures‬‬
‫‪If possible, the engine should be running to make‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ) ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻫﺎ(‬
‫‪the brakes and steering operational.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Recovering‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫‪Use a bar which should be connected to the‬‬
‫‪towing device at the rear on the machine to be‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻳﺪﻙ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪towed and tow it to a suitable place or a trafficable‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪road.‬‬

‫‪NOTE:‬‬
‫‪The lifting eyes must not be used for towing‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﻼﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫‪(only for lifting the machine).‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ) ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪121‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Towing‬‬ ‫ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪• Use a towbar connected to the towing device at‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪the rear of the machine as described above, or a‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻼﺏ ﻳﺪﻙ ﻛﺶ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ‬
‫‪wire rope secured through the eyes on the front‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﻼﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪axle attachment.‬‬
‫‪• If there are no brakes on the machine to be‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺑﺎ‬
‫‪towed, a towbar must always be used.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ) ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ( ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺍﺯﻳﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Do not tow further than absolutely necessary as‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﹰﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪otherwise the transmission may be damaged.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪• When towing further than 10 km (6 miles) or‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ )‪10km (6 mile‬‬
‫‪when towing at a speed exceeding 10 km/h (6‬‬
‫‪mph), both the front and the rear propeller shafts‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪must be removed, or, as an alternative, the‬‬ ‫)‪ 10km/h(6mph‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺷــﻮﺩ ﺑــﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻫــﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻫــﺎﻱ ﮔﺎﺭﺩﺍﻥ‬
‫‪machine must be transported on a trailer.‬‬ ‫)ﻣﺤﺮﻙ( ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻳﻠﺮ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪NOTE: It is not possible to start the engine by‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫‪towing.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪If the engine cannot be started:‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪As the braking and steering functions will be‬‬
‫‪limited in this situation, towing must only be‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫‪done as an emergency, and over the shortest‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫‪possible distance by trained personnel‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪(see "Towing" above). If possible, transport the‬‬ ‫) ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪machine on a trailer‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺮﻳﻠﺮ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Follow national regulations where required.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪122‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Removing propeller shafts‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ) ﮔﺎﺭﺩﺍﻧﻬﺎ(‬

‫‪1- Place the machine in service position, see‬‬ ‫‪ -۱‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪page.‬‬ ‫‪ -۲‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‪ -‬ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ(‬
‫‪2- Release all brakes.‬‬ ‫‪ -۳‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻛﺪﻥ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ) ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ (ﺷﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ) ﻣﻴﻞ‬
‫‪3- Raise the front or the rear wheels a few centimetres‬‬
‫‪until they are just off the ground before the bolts for the‬‬
‫ﮔﺎﺭﺩﺍﻧﻬﺎ(‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫‪propeller shag flanges are removed.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪After recovering / towing‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﺳﺎﺯﻱ ‪ /‬ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫‪Before the towbar or wire rope is removed, the‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫‪following safely measures should be taken:‬‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1-If possible place the machine on level ground.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺴﻄﺤﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2- Apply the parking brake.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3- Block the wheels to prevent the machine from‬‬
‫‪rolling.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Manual release of parking brake‬‬

‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺑﺮﻭﺵ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ) ﺩﺳﺘﻲ(‬
‫‪Applies to L150D with electrically operated‬‬
‫‪parking brake and L1 20D.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ‪ L150D‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫‪This action may only be carried out by a‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ‪ L200D‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪person who has sull. ficient knowledge to‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪appraise the risks.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪L150D‬‬ ‫‪L150D‬‬
‫‪In case of a drop in pressure, the parking brake‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ) ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ( ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ )‪ (۱‬ﻭ‬
‫‪can be released by slackening lock nut (1) and‬‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ) ‪ (۲‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻑ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﻋﻘﺮﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﭘﻴﭻ‬
‫‪turning adjusting screw (2) counter. clockwise‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ )‪ (۲‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺟﻬﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﻋﻘﺮﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫‪until the parking brake has been released.‬‬
‫‪Contact an authorised dealer workshop regarding‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫‪restoring and adjusting the parking brake.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 123 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

L200D
L200D
Release the parking brake by removing the three ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬
the plugs at the front of the transmission. (M10 x 90 ‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ‬
Replace the plugs one at a time with (M 10 x 90
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﺳﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ‬mm)
mm) bolts and screw them in by hand (the bolts
are in the tool bag). (‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬

NOTE: Oil will run out until the plugs have

been replaced by bolts and that is why they
should be replaced one at a time.
When all plugs have been replaced, the bolts
should be screwed in alternately until they bottom
and the parking brake has been re leased.

It is now possible to move the machine but the

parking brake is dis abled.

If it is not possible to start the engine, the service

brakes will not work either and therefore the
machine must only be moved by towing using a
towbar.

NOTE: Never leave the machine with the

parking brake released as described above ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
without having first indicated this by attaching ‫ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ‬،‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
a label, to the steering wheel, saying that the ‫ ) ﺭﻭﻱ ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬.‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‬
parking brake has been disabled. (‫ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺒﻲ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪124‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪L200D‬‬

‫‪Operating techniques‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬

‫‪The following pages contain advice and‬‬
‫‪instructions on how to operate the machine and‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ‬
‫‪examples of how the most common attachments‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫‪are used. It is important that the correct technique‬‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺁﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﻲ‬
‫‪is used to obtain safe and efficient use of the‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪machine.‬‬

‫‪Accidents‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﹰﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ‬
‫‪• Accidents and also incidents should be reported to‬‬
‫‪the site management immediately.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• If possible leave the machine in position.‬‬ ‫• ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Only take necessary action so as to reduce the effect‬‬ ‫• ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺣﻴﺖ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫‪of damage, especially personal injuries. Avoid action‬‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪which may make an investigation more difficult.‬‬
‫‪• Wait for further instructions from the site‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫‪management.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 125 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Attachments ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
Using the correct attachment for a particular job is ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
a deciding facto when it comes to the capacity of .‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
the machine.
The machines have either direct-mounted ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺗﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
attachments or attachments mounted in a bracket ‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
which allows rapid changes of attachments. .‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‬
When choosing attachments, follow the
recommendations in the Attachment catalogue or ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ‬
documents issued by Volvo CE. Because of great ‫ ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ‬. ‫ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬Volvo CE ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
variations in for example usage, material and ‫ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬،‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
working environment, one may deviate from these
recommendations. . ‫ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬Volvo CE

In succases, the Volvo CE dealer should first be

contacted for further information and approval.
You are yourself responsible for the safety ‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ – ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ‬
regarding the combination of machine attachment .‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
and also that the national safety requirements are
met.

With effect from 1 st Jan. 1995 the EU Machine

‫ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬۱۹۹۵ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﮊﻭﺋﻦ ﺳﺎﻝ‬
Safety Directive applies and this is stated on the
product plate of the machine by the way of a CE ‫ ) ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ‬CE ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬
marking. This marking therefore also covers the ‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬.‫ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ( ﺛﺒﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
attachments which are designed by Volvo CE, as ‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬.‫ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬Volvo CE ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
they are an integrated part of the machine and ‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬.‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
adapted to the machine. Volvo CE is not
responsible for attachments manufactured by ‫ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬Volvo CE
other companies. Such attachments must be CE CE ‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬.‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
marked and accompanied by a Declaration of ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮒ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ‬
Conformity and user instructions. .‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 126 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

The five most common types of buckets: ‫ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬
1- Straight bucket without teeth (Loose material,
‫ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻧﺎﺧﻦ‬-۱ -١
sand, earth, fertilizer).
(‫ ﻛﻮﺩ‬،‫ ﺧﺎﻙ‬، ‫ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬،‫)ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺮﻡ‬

2- Straight bucket with teeth (Hard material,

‫ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﺧﻦ‬-۲ -٢
gravel, clay, surface stripping)
(‫ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ‬،‫ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺳﻲ‬، ‫ ﺷﻦ‬،‫) ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﺨﺖ‬

3- Spade-nose bucket without teeth. (Material ‫ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻧﺎﺧﻦ‬-۳ -٣
which requires good penetration force, gravel,
‫ ﺻﺨﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ‬،‫ ﺷﻦ‬،‫) ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬
finely blasted rock and ore).
(.‫ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‬
4- Spade-nose bucket with teeth (Hard and rocky ‫ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﺧﻦ‬-۴ -٤
material, hard gravel and blasted rock). (‫ ﺷﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺻﺨﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ‬،‫) ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺻﺨﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺖ‬
5- Levelling bucket ‫ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ‬-۵ -٥
(Finer stripping work, moving top soil and ............... (‫) ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 127 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Attaching and disconnecting attachments ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
WARNING!
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ‬:‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
Never use an attachment until you have checked
that it Is securely fastened and that the attachment ‫ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ‬،‫ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮕﻬﺎ‬
including hydraulic hoses, connections and similar ‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ‬،‫ﺩﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
are undamaged your involved.
.‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Make sure that the hydraulic oil in the attachment,
which is to be connected, is not contaminated (foreign ‫ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ‬
particles, water etc.) and that it is of the same quality ‫ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ( ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ‬،‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
as that of the machine itself. .‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
WARNING! :‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
Check that the attachment is properly locked by
ressing the front edge of the attachment against ‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ‬
the ground, so that: the front end of the machine
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
begins to rise slightly, see the figure below.
(.‫ ) ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

If you are uncertain as to whether the attachment is

securely locked, you must visually check that the ‫ﻻ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﹰ‬
locking pins of the attachment bracket are in the ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
locked position. .‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 128 L200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Separate attachment locking

Connecting

1- Release the locking pins by pressing

switch 2.

2- If necessary, raise the pressure by

pressing switch.
3- Tilt the attachment bracket forward approx.
150 and align the upper attaching points of
the bracket with the upper attaching points on
the attachment.
4- Raise the lifting arms until the attachment
rests in the bracket and tilt the bracket
rearward until the attachment is level.
5- Lock the attachment with switch 2, (if
necessary raise the pressure with switch 1).
Check that the attachment is properly locked
by pressing the front edge against the ground.
If it is locked, the front wheels will begin to
rise.
WARNING!
When connecting attachments, the operator
should make sure that the expected effect is
obtained when moving the control levers. An
unexpected movement may possibly result in
an accident. Always check the function before
the machine is put to work and that hydraulic
hoses etc. for the attachment can move freely
and are sufficiently long throughout the whole
working range of the lifting arms and the
tilting function. Extension hoses are available
contact an authorised dealer workshop.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 129 LHL200 ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Disconnecting

1- The attachment should be in a level position on

the ground.
2- Release the locking pins by pressing switch 2.

3- If necessary, raise the pressure by pressing

switch
4- Lower the lifting arms so that they disengage
from the attachment.

5- Reverse away from the attachment.

WARNING!
Switch (2) for attachment locking must only be
actuated In connection with the changing of
attachments. Otherwise the pressure may be
lost and as a consequence the attachment
may work, loose and cause Injuries.

Attachment bracket locking pins in unlocked

position

Tilt forward approx. 15' and hook the bracket into

the upper attaching points on the attachment
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 130 LHL200 ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Lift, tilt rearward until level and lock with the

locking pins of the attachment bracket.

Pressure release

Residual pressure in the hoses makes it very

difficult to part orjoin
up the quick-action coupling halves.
This is facilitated, by releasing the pressure in
the hydraulic system, when, for example, you
want to disconnect a hydraulic hose:
1- Stop the engine.
2- Ignition switch in position 1.
3- The control levers for the function in question
are moved forward and rearward several times.

The pressure in hoses from timber grapples can

be released in the
following way:
1- Close the clamping arm fully.
2- Make a quick movement with the lever in the
opposite direction.
The hoses become "slack" when the pressure is
released.

The attachment should always rest on the

ground when releasing the pressure.

Excess pressure in a hydraulic attachment can

be released by slackening the lock nut between
the hose and the hydraulic pipe and then
tightening it again. Meanwhile watch the
attachment.
Collect the surplus oil.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 131 LHL200 ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Accumulators
‫ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ‬
Releasing pressure :‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬

The pressure in the accumulators for brake system,

Boom Suspension System and servo system is ‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ ﻭ‬،‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﻛﻮﻣﻮﻻﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ) ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ( ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
released as shown below: .‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﺮﻭ ﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

WARNING! :‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
Even if the engine has been stopped, there is still
an accumulated pressure in the system. If the ‫ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬
system is opened, 'without having first released ‫ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ‬،‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
the pressure, oil under high pressure will jet out .‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
and this could cause injuries. Even retightening of
leaking couplings and unions should n not be done ‫ﺣﺘﻲ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
until the pressure in the system has been fully .‫ﻼ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
released.

Brake system ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬

.‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
1. Stop the engine.
2. Depress the brake pedal several times (30-40 ( ‫ ﺩﻓﻌﻪ‬30-40 ) ‫ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
times).
Boom Suspension System - BSS ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
1. Move the gear selector to neutral.
.‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
2. Start the engine and run it at low idling.
‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
3. Activate the Boom Suspension System.
.‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
4. Lower the lifting arms to the ground.
.‫ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‬
5. Stop the engine. .‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
6. The ignition switch in position 1. Engage the floating ‫( ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬۱) ‫ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
position with the switch and move the control lever for .‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
lifting/lowering toward the floating position.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 132 LHL200 ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

NOTE: The function selection switch should be in

the gear dependent position, see page 29. 29‫ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺹ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬

Servo system
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﺮﻭ‬
1. Move the control levers for the hydraulic functions ‫( ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ‬۱) ‫ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬-۱
forward and rearward with the engine turned off and
the ignition switch in position 1. .‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬

WARNING!
Discarded accumulators must not be thrown away ‫ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ) ﺁﻛﻮﻣﻮﻻﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ( ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
unless they first have been taken care of by a .‫ﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺣﺘﻤﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‬
workshop and care. fully "punctured".
If a pressurised accumulator is heated, there is a ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺁﻛﻮﻣﻮﻻﺗﻮﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮ‬
risk that it .‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬

Buckets
:‫ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
When the machine is used with a bucket, a working 50% ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
load of 50% of the tipping load for a fully steered
‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‬.‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﮊﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‬
machine is permissible. Depending on application
and/or machine size the manufacturer often .‫ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬50% ‫ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬،‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
recommends a utilisation lower than 50%.
For information regarding weight, capacity, load, ،‫ ﺑﺎﺭ‬،‫ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬،‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
edge savers, etc., see the Attachment Catalogue.
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
.‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

:‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
WARNING! ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
The bucket must not be used for transporting or
lifting people as this might lead to accidents. . ‫ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪ ﺑﺸﻮﺩ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 133 LHL200 ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Choosing bucket
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ‬
The choice of bucket is dependent on the condition of
the material (hard/loose), its density (heavy/light) and ‫ ﻧﺮﻣﻲ ( ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ‬/ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ) ﺳﺨﺘﻲ‬
on the tipping load of the machine. ..‫ﻧﻈﺮ ) ﺳﺒﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﻲ( ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﮊﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬

A too large bucket relative to the density of the material

and the tipping load of the machine will give the
‫ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﮊﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
impression that the machine is weak and unstable and
will not increase the productivity. ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬

For guidance on the choice of bucket, see the

Attachment Catalogue. .‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

IMPORTANT!
Check-tighten the bolted joints at the edge savers ‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﻔﺖ‬:‫ﻣﻬﻢ‬
and segments to prescribed torque after approx. ‫ﻼ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ﹰﺎ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻖ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
four hours of operation. Thereafter check the .‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
torque now and then.
Tightening torque for edge savers and segments with ‫ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ‬
bolted joints (bolt grade 10.9)
Size Tightening torque ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‬
M16 275 ±45 N m (203 ±33 Ibf ft) 275 ±45 N m (203 ±33 Ibf ft) M16
M20 540 ±90 N m (398 ±66 lbf ft) 540 ±90 N m (398 ±66 lbf ft) M20
M24 900 ±140 N m (664 ±103 lbf ft) 900 ±140 N m (664 ±103 lbf ft) M24
1 ¼" 2160 ±345 N m (1593 :t254 lbf ft) 2160 ±345 N m (1593 :t254 lbf ft) 1 ¼"
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 134 LHL200 ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Bucket operation :‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ‬

To obtain efficient and safe operation it is .‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
important to bear the following points in mind:
•Select the correct bucket.
• Level the work site as far as possible. ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
• Avoid wheel spin by adapting the engine speed .‫ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
and by transferring as much weight onto the front ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ‬
wheels as possible. This is achieved by slightly ‫ﺟﻠﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ )ﺑﻜﺴﺒﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ( ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﻭ‬
raising the bucket after it has begun to enter the .‫ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
material.
• Work with a straight machine against the
material to obtain the greatest penetrating ability. ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺮﺳﻮﺩﮔﻲ‬
This also contributes to a reduced tyre wear. .‫ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‬

Gravel and heap loading ‫ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻦ‬

1. Adjust the bucket so that it is level and lower it ‫ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﹰﺎ‬-۱
to the ground, just in front of the gravel heap. .‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‬
2. Enter the material in 2nd gear + kick-down.
When the machine has nearly come to a standstill b ‫ ﻭ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ‬۲ ‫ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬-۲
‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﻙ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
.‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬

If possible avoid tilting the bucket forward

when filling It exaggerated lever movements
causes wheel spin. Never m into the material
at a high speed.
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪135‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪LHL200‬‬

‫‪Suitable bucket:‬‬ ‫‪Straight bucket with or‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﺧﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻧﺎﺧﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫‪without teeth‬‬
‫‪Suitable gear:‬‬ ‫‪Gear selector in position 2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺪﻩ ‪ ۲‬ﻳﺎ ‪۴‬‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫‪or 4‬‬
‫‪Mode selector:‬‬ ‫‪Position LIGHT‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺒﻚ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪Boom‬‬ ‫‪Gear-dependent position‬‬
‫‪Suspension‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ‬
‫‪System:‬‬

‫!‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪Pay attention to the risk of failing material.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫‪Failing material can cause severe accidents if‬‬ ‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪due care is not taken.‬‬
‫‪Rock loading‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺻﺨﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ )ﺳﻨﮕﻲ(‬
‫‪• Correct engine speed is of great importance -too‬‬ ‫• ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ – ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫‪high engine speed causes wheel spin.‬‬
‫ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ) ﺑﻜﺴﺒﺎﺩ( ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Drive into the material head on to avoid oblique‬‬ ‫• ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ‬
‫‪stresses which can harm the lifting arm system.‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪• The edge of the bucket must find its way under‬‬
‫‪and between the stones, which means that you‬‬ ‫• ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫‪must watch the bucket carefully as it enters the‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪material.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 136 LHL200 ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

• If a stone has become wedged, try a new

angle of approach, but avoid exerting pressure ‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ) ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ( ﺍﺯ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ‬
on the corner of the bucket. .‫ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

• Avoid driving up into the material, as there is

then a great risk of damage to the tyres by the ‫• ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﻜﻪ‬
sharp blasted pieces of rock. Also remove stones ‫ﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺟﻤﻊ‬
that have fallen out of the bucket. .‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Suitable bucket: Spade-nose bucket with or ‫ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﺦ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﺧﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻧﺎﺧﻦ‬ : ‫ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
without tooth.
Suitable gear: Gear selector in position 2 ۲ ‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
Position LIGHT
Mode selector: Boom Suspension System: ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺒﻚ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
Gear-dependent position

Transporting load (loading - carrying) (‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﺭ ) ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ – ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬

• The bucket should be fully tilted backward and ‫• ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ‬
kept in the carrying position 30-40 cm (12-16 in) above
the ground.
.‫ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬30-40 ‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
• Keep the transporting road even and free from ‫• ﻣﺤﻞ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰﻻ ﺍﺯ‬
stones and other objects. There is always spillage from
‫ﻼ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻛﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
a too full bucket.
• Even out the road on the way back if necessary. .‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ •
Suitable maximum speed: Approx. 15 km/h (9.3 15km/h ‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
mph)
Suitable gear: Gear selector in position 2 ۲ ‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
Mode selector: Position LIGHT ‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺒﻚ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬
Boom Suspension Gear-dependent position ‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ‬
System
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 137 LHL200 ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

When operating where gearshift hunting

arises, select the HEAVY mode as the ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
machine4hen must reach a higher travelling ‫ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
speed before upshifting takes place. Example: ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ‬
When operating up long Inclines during
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
loading carrying work.

NOTE: Remember that the stability of a heavily ‫ﻼ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬

‫ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪﻛﻪ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
loaded machine changes when It Is steered. .‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‬

Dumping load :‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ‬

WARNING!
If visibility is limited by the load or the
attachment, great care must be taken. Walk :‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
around the machine before starting and make
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ‬
sure no persons enter the working area of the
machine. If you are uncertain, raise the load ‫ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻗﺖ‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬. ‫ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‬
and check the conditions in the operating area ‫ﻼ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ‬‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‬
by looking under the load and operate at low ‫ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‬
speed. If necessary, arrange for a signalling ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬
person to take charge and to help the operator ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬.‫ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻧﺎﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
under "tricky" circumstances. Great care must
.‫ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‬
be taken to prevent injuries and damage to
property.

• If you are working on an incline, try to arrange so ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
that the load can be dumped uphill. This affects ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
the stability of the machine in a positive way.
.‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬
• Keep the bucket as close to the platform or bin ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
as possible to achieve a smooth dumping and .‫ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻜﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺒﺪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
better control of the positioning of the load.
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪138‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪LHL200‬‬

‫‪• When loading rock, try to fill the first bucket with‬‬
‫‪as fine material at possible in order to soften the‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬
‫‪impact of subsequent larger pieces.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Excavating‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪• When excavating and surface stripping, start by‬‬ ‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ 2-3°‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪angling the bucket 2-3° downward.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Operate in 1 st gear and at low engine speed.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺿﻤﻦ‬
‫‪Gradually increase the engine speed at the same‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪time as you raise the bucket slightly.‬‬
‫‪• If the ground conditions are poor and the wheels‬‬ ‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣــﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ) ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﻭ ﻣــﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ )‬
‫‪tend to spin, use the differential lock.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻜﺴﺒﺎﺩ( ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻦ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪NOTE:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻜﺴﺒﺎﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻦ‬
‫‪You must never engage the differential lock‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﻭ ﺑﻜﺴﺒﺎﺩ‬
‫‪when one of the wheels Is spinning. Let up the‬‬
‫ﭼﺮﺥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪accelerator until the wheel stops.‬‬
‫‪Suitable bucket:‬‬ ‫‪Straight with or without teeth‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﺧﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻧﺎﺧﻦ ) ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫)‪(alt. levelling bucket‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪Suitable gear:‬‬ ‫‪Gear selector in position 1 or 2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫‪Mode selector:‬‬ ‫‪Position LIGHT‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺒﻚ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪Boom Suspension‬‬ ‫‪Not activated‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ) ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ(‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ‬
‫‪System:‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪139‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪LHL200‬‬

‫‪Levelling‬‬ ‫ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬

‫‪• The bucket should lie flat against the ground. To‬‬
‫‪be able to fill any hollows you should have‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫‪material in and in front of the bucket when‬‬ ‫ﮔﻮﺩ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪operating forwards.‬‬
‫‪• To finish off the levelling operation, keep the‬‬
‫‪edge of the bucket slightly downward and reverse‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ‬
‫‪while pressing the bucket lightly against the‬‬ ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ground.‬‬

‫‪• The final touch can be done by reversing with‬‬ ‫ﻼ‬

‫ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪the bucket flat against the ground and with the‬‬ ‫ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‬
‫‪lifting nowering lever in floating position. A straight‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪bucket with a long bottom is recommended to‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﻛﻴﺰﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﻛﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﻒ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪produce a neat job.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• If a dozer blade, snow plough or sweeper etc. is‬‬
‫‪used, it may be advantageous to have the‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﺑﻠﺪﻭﺯﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺭﻭﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺭﻭ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫‪single-acting lifting function engaged. This allows‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪the attachment to follow any unevenness in the‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ground by "floating". This also helps to maintain‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫‪the steering ability and the tractive force of the‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪machine. The attachment always returns to the‬‬
‫‪preset position, see page 32.‬‬ ‫‪ 32‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Suitable bucket:‬‬ ‫‪Straight without teeth (alt.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﺧﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻧﺎﺧﻦ ) ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫)‪levelling bucket‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪Suitable gear:‬‬ ‫‪Gear selector in position 1 or 2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫‪Mode selector:‬‬ ‫‪Position LIGHT‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺒﻚ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪Boom Suspension‬‬ ‫‪Not activated‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ) ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ(‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ‬
‫‪System:‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪140‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Timber grapples‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﮕﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﭼﻮﺏ‬

‫‪There are five different timber grapples:‬‬
‫‪A. Unloading grapple has short tines which‬‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪makes it easier to fill the grapple when‬‬ ‫‪ A‬ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫‪unloading a transporting vehicle.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﭼﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﭘﺮﺷﺪﻥ ﭼﻨﮕﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪B. Sorting grapple has relatively long fork‬‬

‫‪tines, which can be placed in parallel with the‬‬ ‫‪ B‬ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﹰﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫‪ground. This facilitates filling the grapple when‬‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪taking from a stack and a sorting bin.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﭼﻮﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻔﺴﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪C. General purpose grapple:‬‬ ‫‪ C‬ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪Has longer fork tines than the sorting grapple and‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫‪can be used for handling whole trunks when‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﻨﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫‪sorting or grabbing single trunks.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪Tree-length grapple:‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﻜﮓ ﺳﻪ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪Is a wide grapple which also can handle single‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﭘﻬﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫‪trunks. This grapple too has slightly longer tines‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻱ‬
‫‪than the sorting grapple.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Tropical grapple:‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﻣﺴﻴﺮﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪Also is wide and has two separate clamping arms‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪in order to get a secure grip on large, heavy logs.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 141 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

With effect from 1 st of January 1995 the CEN

standard EN 474-3 applies within the EU, which ‫ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ‬۱۹۹۵ ‫ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬3–EN – 474 ‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
means that nominal operating load is expressed ‫ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬:‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
as a percentage of the tipping load. In accordance .‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﮊﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
with this, Volvo CE have chosen to adapt its
‫ﺑﺮﻃﺒﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬
internal standard for stating the capacity of timber
grapples. .‫ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬Volvo CE ‫ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬،‫ﭼﻨﮕﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﭼﻮﺏ‬

The recommended maximum loads apply for

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﮕﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﭼﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺩﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬
combinations of timber grapples and wheel
loaders which are equipped with approved ‫ﭼﺮﺥ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﭼﻮﺏ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
counterweights for timber handling. .‫ﺍﺳﺖ‬

Any equipment added to the attachment reduces

the rated operating load. .‫ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
In countries outside the EU and EEA other safety . ‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬EEA ‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ‬
requirements may apply, therefore, always .‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
observe local regulations.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 142 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Operating with timber grapples ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﮕﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﭼﻮﺏ‬

Stacking
On machines with Boom Suspension System it is ‫ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
recommended that speed-dependent position is ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ " ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ‬
selected. The precision increases and the risk of ‫ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ" ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ) ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ( ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
"crows nests" is reduced. .‫ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬

NOTE: Do not use floating position when ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﮕﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﭼﻮﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻮﻡ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
operating with tim. ber grapples.
.‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‬
1. Keep the grapple as near the stack as ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﭼﻮﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻨﻜﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﭼﻮﺑﻬﺎﻱ‬-۱
possible to prevent logs failing down. .‫ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
2. Tilt the grapple slightly forward. .‫ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺧﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-۲
3. Carefully open the clamping arm fully so that ‫ﻼ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻮﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻗﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬-۳
the logs can roll out of the grapple. .‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
4.Reverse carefully and at the same time lower ‫ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ‬-۴
the grapple and hold it close to the load to prevent .‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﭼﻮﺑﻬﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
logs from failing.
When using a grapple with heel / kick-out, there is
no need totil the grapple forward. The lifting height ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭼﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ‬
of the machine is better utilised and one can build ‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭼﻮﺏ‬.‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
higher stacks. The heel kick-out can also be used ‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﭼﻮﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬
as a counter hold when handling single logs. .‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Basic rule: Make sure that the logs leave the grapple ‫ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻮﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬:‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
without falling.
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Suitable gear: Gear selector In position 2 or 1 ۱ ‫ ﻳﺎ‬۲ ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ = ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
Mode selector: Position LIGHT ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ = ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺒﻚ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪143‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Picking up from a stack‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﭼﻮﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ‬

‫‪Low stack:‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫‪1. Keep the grapple tines flat against the ground‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ -۱‬ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪with the grapple fully open.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2. Enter the grapple into the stack and close the‬‬ ‫‪ -۲‬ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﮕﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪clamping arm as far as possible.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3. Carefully reverse while closing the grapple‬‬
‫‪further.‬‬ ‫‪ -۳‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﮕﻜﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪High stack:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬

‫‪1. Begin as high as possible and tilt the grapple‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ -۱‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻜﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪tines slightly forward with the grapple fully open.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺧﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2. When the grapple is well into the stack, close it.‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬‫‪ -۲‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪3. Follow through with the grapple so as to avoid‬‬ ‫‪ -۳‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﭼﻮﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ‬
‫‪logs failing down under the grapple.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪If logs fall between the grapple tines, carefully‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻮﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫‪lower the load to the ground, reverse and try‬‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫‪to pick up the load again. Make sure not to‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻮﺑﻬﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪damage the logs.‬‬
‫‪A heel / kick-out makes it possible to stack the‬‬
‫‪logs higher and to keep the ground in front of the‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭼﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
‫‪wheels of the machine clear of logs.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭼﻮﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪144‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Operating with whole trunks‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪Pay special attention to that the centre of gravity‬‬
‫‪of the timber is correctly positioned so as to‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫‪maintain a satisfactory side-stability of the‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪machine.‬‬
‫‪When operating with a restricted view, use a‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫‪signalling person, see page 156.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ 156‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫!‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪The large clearance radius when handling‬‬
‫‪timber and particularly when handling whole‬‬ ‫ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﭼﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫‪trunks means that the operator must take‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪great care not to hit anyone or anything In the‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫‪vicinity of the machine.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Loading vehicle using timber grapples‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ‬

‫‪1. Make sure that each log lies correctly in the‬‬ ‫‪ -۱‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪grapple in order to 1 avoid "crows nests".‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2. While approaching the vehicle, which is to be‬‬
‫‪loaded, raise the grapple so that the logs clear the‬‬ ‫‪ -۲‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬
‫‪stakes.‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬

‫‪3. Lower the grapple to a level position onto the‬‬ ‫‪ -۳‬ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﻒ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫‪bunks or platform and place the bundle against‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪the stakes on the far side.‬‬
‫‪4. Open the grapple fully and carefully reverse.‬‬ ‫‪ -۴‬ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 145 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Unloading vehicle using timber grapples ‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ‬

Take great care when filling the grapple so as not
to damage the load stakes on the bunks of the .‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ‬
vehicle.

1. Approach the vehicle which is to be unloaded ‫ﻼ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻ‬

‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬-۱
with a raised and fully open grapple. .‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
2. Tilt the grapple forward and lay it down over the
load. .‫ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬-۲

3. Close the clamping arm and begin to tilt slightly .‫ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﺞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-۳
upward. Then repeat alternate closing and ‫ﻼ ﭘﺮ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
upward tilting of the grapple until it is full.
.‫ﺷﻮﺩ‬
NOTE: Take great care when unloading a
vehicle, particularly when there are only a few ‫ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ‬. ‫ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
logs left. If the grapple should grip round the ) ‫ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻨﻜﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬.‫ﺗﻨﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
far edge of the platform this could lead to .‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ( ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
damage.
Pallet forks (‫ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﻟﺖ)ﻟﻴﻔﺖ ﺗﺮﺍﻙ‬
IMPORTANT: Only pallet forks approved for ‫ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﻟﻮﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬:‫ﻣﻬﻢ‬
the machine by Volvo CE may be used. .‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Fork tine back frame and fork tines must be ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﻲ ﺷﺎﺧﻚ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
dimensioned to with stand loads which the lifting .‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
capacity of the machine permits.
The fork arms are dimensioned according to ISO ‫ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ‬ISO2330 ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻱ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭ‬
2330 and are classified together with the machine
.‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬
according to the norms in force.
• Check the pallet forks regularly as regards wear. ‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﺮﺳﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
It is particularly important to check the heel of the .‫ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺷﺎﺧﻚ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
fork tine.
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪146‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪• The fork tine should not be used any more if:‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﺎﺧﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- the fork tine has been worn down to 90% of its‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﺳﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﺷﺎﺧﻚ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ %۹۰‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ‬
‫‪original thickness.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪-the angle between fork tine and shank has‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺎﺧﻚ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺧﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ۹۳°‬ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪become greater than 93°.‬‬
‫‪- the attaching lugs are worn or cracked.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﻼﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺷﺎﺧﻚ ﻓﺮﺳﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Cracks or wear must not be made good by‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺗﺮﻙ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺳﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫‪welding.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Load tables are given in the specifications‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ 272‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫‪section on pages 272 (L150D) and 290 (L200D).‬‬ ‫)‪ (L150D‬ﻭ ‪ 290‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ )‪ (L200D‬ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪Fork tine extensions‬‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ‬

‫‪Fork tine extensions are used when handling light‬‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﺒﻚ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ )ﺩﺍﻧﺴﻴﺘﻪ( ﻛﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫‪material with low density and it is marked with‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﻚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪maximum load.‬‬

‫‪Marking‬‬
‫)‪1. Max. load per tine (kg‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺣﻚ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪2. Distance to centre of gravity in millimetres for‬‬ ‫‪ -۱‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺷﺎﺧﻚ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ‪* kg‬‬
‫‪maximum load‬‬ ‫‪ -۲‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﺎﺧﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪3. Thickness of fork tine at delivery‬‬ ‫‪ -۳‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﺎﺧﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪*) Must not be confused with rated operating load‬‬

‫‪for the respective loader model.‬‬ ‫* ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪147‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Operating with pallet forks‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﻟﺖ‬

‫‪The most important points for work with pallet‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫‪forks are:‬‬
‫‪• The operator should have suitable training.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• The operator is responsible for that permissible‬‬
‫‪load values are notexceeded.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﻬﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪• The fork makes a semi-circular movement when‬‬

‫‪it is raised. Therefore, start raising the fork a little‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﻤﺪﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪bit away from the place where the load is to be‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪placed.‬‬

‫‪• The fork must not be raised other than when‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﺧﻚ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫‪stacking or depositing pallets.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• When operating without a load in the fork, the‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫‪tines should be held low and tilted upward.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻘﺐ ) ﺑﺎﻻ( ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• When stacking material, the fork tines should be‬‬
‫‪kept horizontal.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭼﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪• The travelling speed should be adapted to the‬‬

‫‪ground conditions.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ) ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ( ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪NOTE: For heavy work which require great‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪break-out force, e.g. breaking out tree stumps and‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺗﻨﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫‪carrying marble blocks use attachments approved‬‬
‫‪by Volvo CE.‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﻭﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ‪ Volvo CE‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 148 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Picking up a load

Choose fork tines with a correct length so that ‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ‬

they do not protrude outside the front of the load. ‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺧﻚ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺷﺎﺧﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﺗﺮ‬
Previously deposited pallet or goods may be ‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﭘﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ‬.‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ‬
damaged as the penetrating force of the fork tines .‫ﻼ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒ ﹰ‬
is very great.

• Place the load as close to the vertical shank of

the fork as possible. .‫• ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﻻﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺷﺎﺧﻚ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
• Lift the load with the least possible inclination of ‫• ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺷﺎﺧﻚ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
the pallet fork.
‫ﻼ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫• ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
• There may be deviations from the complete
‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺷﺎﺧﻚ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ) ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
parallel movement (see the Specifications) and
this may affect the use of the fork. (‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Operating with a load ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﺭ‬

• Keep the load low 30 40 cm (12-16 in) above the (12- ‫ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻭ‬،‫• ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
ground to achieve the best possible stability and
.‫ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬30-40cm 16in)
vision.
• Tilt the load rearward to hold it more secure. .‫ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬،‫• ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
• If the load obscures the vision, reverse the ‫• ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
machine to the place where the load is to be .‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
deposited. .‫• ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
• Adapt the speed to the existing conditions. ‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺒﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ‬
• When handling high loads, use a special load .‫ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
support.
Combi -forks ‫ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ‬
The combi- fork is a good alternative for material ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ‬
handling, where the load to some extent has to be held
.‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
in position. Here a special combi-fork frame is used for
mounting standard fork tines. Combi-fork back frames ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ‬
are available in two versions: .‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪149‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪• The one-piece clamp is most suitable for‬‬ ‫• ﮔﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫‪handling palletised goods and for round timber.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• The twin arm clamp is used in the pulp industry‬‬
‫‪and on building sites, where both palletised goods‬‬ ‫• ﮔﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺑﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪and compressed material (waste paper,‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ) ﻛﺎﻏﺬﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ(‬
‫‪packaging material etc.) are handled.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪In countries outside the EU and EEA other safety‬‬

‫‪requirements may apply, therefore, always‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ‪ EEA‬ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ‬
‫‪observe local regulations.‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Approval and legal provisions‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫‪The permissible rated operating load capacity‬‬
‫‪according to CEN standard EN 474-3 is given as‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪EN474-3 CEN‬‬
‫‪a percentage of the tipping load.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﺻﺪﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﮊﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳــﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﺻﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫‪The percentage values, which must not be‬‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺷــﻮﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫‪exceeded, are as follows:‬‬
‫‪Uneven ground:‬‬ ‫‪60 % of tipping load‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ‪ 60%‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﮊﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪Firm and even ground: 80 % of tipping load‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ‪ 80%‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﮊﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫‪It must be possible to control and handle the load‬‬
‫‪hydraulically in all likely positions at the same time‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ‬
‫‪as all other hydraulic circuits are actuated. The‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪maximum permissible load capacity is either‬‬ ‫ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪determined by the stability or the hydraulic‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪capacity of the machine whichever is less.‬‬
‫‪In countries outside the EUIE1EA other‬‬
‫‪regulations may apply. Therefore, always check‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ‪ EU / EEA‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫‪which local rules apply.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 150 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

WARNING! :‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
When detaching pallet forks from the machine, ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
stabiliser legs should be placed against the .‫ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
ground.

Material handling arm ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬

IMPORTANTI Only a material handling arm ‫ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬Volvo CE ‫ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬:‫ﻣﻬﻢ‬
approved by Volvo CE may be used.
.‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Maximum permissible load for the machine using
a material han. dling arm is shown in an )) ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
"Operating Load Table". Do not exceed the given .‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭ(( ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
limits.

The rated operating load capacity given applies

when the machine is operated on firm and level ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
ground and is, at the most, half of the tipping load. ‫ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﮊﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
When operating on uneven ground, the load must .‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
be adapted to the ground conditions.
A mounting check must be carried out every time
the attachment has been mounted to check that
the attachment is locked.

Check that the attachment Is locked by ‫ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
pressing It against the ground.
.‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
In certain countries it is a legal requirement that ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬
regular checks are carried out by an authorised ‫ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ‬
person, who should also keep a special inspection
.‫ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
diary over these checks.
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪151‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Positioning of machine‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬

‫‪It is important that the ground where the machine‬‬
‫‪is to be placed is level and firm. If the ground is‬‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫‪soft, call the management so the necessary action‬‬ ‫ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫‪can be taken.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪Loading‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫‪• Apply the load table to the actual extension of‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ) ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ( ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪the material handling arm.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Make sure that the pressure in the front tyres are‬‬ ‫• ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻣﻜﺮﺭﹰﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪according to the recommendations, if the‬‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺃﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫‪maximum permissible load is utilised frequently.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Do not lift until you know: -‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- Where the load is to go.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- That it can be placed there.-‬‬
‫‪- That the correct lifting device is used (wire,‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪chain, etc.).‬‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ) ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻜﺲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮ ﻭ‬
‫‪- That the sling is connected to the load in a‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪correct way.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﺎ ﻗﻼﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪- That you have been given the signal to lift, if a‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ‬
‫‪signal man is assisting.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪NOTE:‬‬
‫‪The material handling arm must not be used‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪for a heavier load than has been specified for‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺠﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮﹰﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪the particular arm tension.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 152 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

WARNING! :‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
The moving or lifting of Personnel with the aid ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ‬
of the material handling arm Is not permitted – .‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺣﻴﺖ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
risk of injuries.

Operating with material handling arm ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
• Remember that a small movement at the
attachment bracket becomes a large movement at ‫• ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‬
the outer end of the material handling arm. .‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻱ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬

• Operate the machine and the material handling

arm with gentle and careful movements, so that ‫• ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻱ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
the load does not start to swing. .‫ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‬

• Never exceed the maximum permissAble load of

the material handling arm. .‫• ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‬
A load table Is displayed on one side of the
.‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﭘﻼﻙ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
attachment Itself.

• When transporting on, for example, a public

highway, the material handling arm should be fully ‫ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ‬
retracted and the front end should be tilted .‫ﻼ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
rearward.

• Extending or shortening the arm length should be ) ‫• ﺑﺎﺯﻛـﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻛــﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
done manually (be aware of the risk of pinching). .‫ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺐ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻨﮕﻨﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ) ﮔﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ(( ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‬
NOTE:
If the length of the material handling arm has ‫ ﭘﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ‬.‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
been changed, check that the pins at the ends ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬
of the respective lone have been locked in a .‫ﻼ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
secure way (special locking pins). (‫) ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻ ﹰﺎ ﭘﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪153‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Only use lifting attachments which are approved‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫‪and which do not overload the machine.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Operating with a load‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺭ‬

‫!‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪Remember that the stability of the machine‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫‪when straight is reduced when turning.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• When moving with a suspended load, keep‬‬ ‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪the material handling arm as low as possible. The‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ‬
‫‪speed should be limited to 6 km/h (3.7 mph).‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ )‪ 6km/h (3.7mph‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Use slings to stabilise and to prevent the load‬‬
‫‪from swinging.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺮﺧﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻗﻼﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪• A lift should not be carried out when the force‬‬

‫‪of the wind and the bulk of the load are such that‬‬ ‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪the load cannot be handled with safety.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫•‬ ‫‪Keep your eyes on the load at all times. If, at‬‬ ‫• ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺐ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪any time, you cannot see the load, a signal man‬‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫‪must be called in before starting the job. (See‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ 156‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪page 156).‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪154‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪• Operate the arm as smoothly as possible.‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫‪• Do not move a load above persons, office‬‬ ‫• ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫‪and personnel huts.‬‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Under no circumstances should the arm be‬‬
‫‪used for pulling up boards or planks which have‬‬ ‫ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻮﺑﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻮﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫‪been nailed down. Pulling obliquely must not be‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺸﻴﺪ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪done.‬‬

‫‪Suitable gear:‬‬ ‫‪GearselectorIn position 4.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪۴‬‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ =‬
‫‪Mode selector:‬‬ ‫‪Position LIGHT or HEAVY‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺒﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ =‬
‫‪BoomSuspension‬‬ ‫‪Gear dependent position‬‬
‫‪System:‬‬ ‫‪or not activated‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ =‬

‫‪Rotating attachments‬‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ‬

‫‪Hydraulically powered, rotating attachments‬‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫!‪WARNING‬‬
‫‪A machine with a hyraulically powered‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ‬
‫‪attachment must be provided with a‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫‪emergency stopping device inside the cab.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻭ‬
‫‪The stopping device turns off the power to the‬‬
‫‪attachment and stops its movement.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪If the machine is used with hydraulically powered,‬‬

‫‪rotating working parts, e.g. brush, bush clearer,‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺮﺱ‬
‫‪sand spreader, the following general safety rules‬‬ ‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ – ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬
‫‪must be followed:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 155 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

• The fitting of such attachment for the first time ‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬ •
must only be done by a trained person.
.‫ﺷﻮﺩ‬
• Read, understand and follow the instructions ‫• ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺪﻗﺖ‬
supplied with the attachment.
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻙ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
• Always stop (turn off the hydraulic supply) the
rotating/moving part of the attachment before you ‫• ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ‬
leave the cab. .‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

• When servicing or maintaining the attachment or

in case of the working parts having come to a ‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻻﻳﻠﻲ‬
standstill while operating, the hydraulic hoses to ،‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻭ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‬
the attachment must be disconnected in order to
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
prevent accidental engagement of the hydraulic
.‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ ﺭﺥ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
power, which might result in an accident.

Check that the attachment in question is CE

marked, if the attachment is not made by Volvo ‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬Volvo CE ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
CE.
.‫ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬CE ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬
Make sure that the dealer has written the
‫ﺍﺯ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻡ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
attachment into the "Declaration of Conformity" for
your machine as being an approved attachment. .‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

WARNING!
To avoid accidents, always find out from the :‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
manufacturer what Instructions for safe ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
handling apply BEFORE you fit and start using ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
an hydraulically powered attachment. .‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 156 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Signalling diagram
For manual signalling to operator of lifting
equipment (‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ )ﺭﻭﺵ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
If a rapid lifting, lowering or moving movement is ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
required, the arm movements should be carried ‫ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ‬،‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺩﻥ‬
out more lively. If two different machines are used .‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺎﺑﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
for lifting the same load, there should be an ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ‬
agreement beforehand how the lift should be ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
carried out and what signals should be given to .‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
the respective operators.

START
Both arms are extended horizon tally with the
palms facing forward :‫ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻒ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
.‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬

STOP-
Right arm pointing upward with the palm facing
forward
:‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
.‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻒ ﺩﺳﺘﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪157‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪END‬‬
‫‪Both hands are clasped at chest height‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻨﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪RAISE‬‬
‫‪Right arm pointing upward with the palm facing‬‬
‫‪forward and the hand slowly making a circle‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﻒ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺑﺂﺭﺍﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪LOWER‬‬
‫‪Right arm pointing downward with the palm facing‬‬
‫‪forward and the hand slowly making a circle‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﻒ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺪ ﺑﺂﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 158 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

VERTICAL DISTANCE
The hands are indicating the relevant distance

‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ‬
.‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬

MOVE FORWARD ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ‬

Both arms bent with the palms turned upward
and the forearms slowly moving toward the
body several times

‫ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻒ ﺩﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ‬

.‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬

MOVEREARWARD ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ‬

Both arms bent with the palms turned downward ‫ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻒ ﺩﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺪ‬
and the forearms slowly moving downward away .‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
from the body several times
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪159‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫)‪DANGER (EMERGENCY STOP‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺮ ) ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ(‬

‫‪Both arms pointing upward with the palms facing‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﻒ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫‪forward‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪OPERATE IN INDICATED DIRECTION‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ) ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ(‬
‫‪The arm extended horizontally with the palm‬‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﻒ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫‪facing downward and the arm making small slow‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫‪movements to the right‬‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪OPERATE IN INDICATED DIREC TION‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ(‬
‫‪The arm extended horizontally with the palm‬‬
‫‪facing downward and the arm making small slow‬‬
‫‪movements to the left‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻜﻴﻪ ﻛﻒ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪160‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪HORIZONTAL DISTANCE‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬

‫‪The hands are indicating the relevant distance‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Slinging long loads‬‬ ‫ﻗﻼﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫‪Boards, planks, reinforcing irons or similar should‬‬
‫‪have the sling arranged so that they cannot fall‬‬ ‫ﭼﻮﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﻫﻨﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫‪out.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻗﻼﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪When lifting girders, a pair of girder scissors‬‬

‫‪should preferably used.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻴﺮﺁﻫﻦ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻔﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﻴﺮﺁﻫﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪161‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Place for example cut-up air hoses between the‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻗﻼﺏ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫‪sling and sharp edges.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪The sling should be well tightened.‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻼﺑﻬﺎ ) ﮔﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬

‫‪Lifting attachments‬‬
‫‪Lifting equipment, such as chain, load platform,‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫‪lifting fork and clamping scissors, must:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪• be clearly marked with information about the‬‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻭ ﮔﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪highest permissible load‬‬ ‫ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• correspond to the rules about dimensions which‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪apply according to local and/or national‬‬
‫‪regulations.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫‪Regarding regular checks, see the text below.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 162 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

WARNING!
Never attach a lifting device (chain, sling or :‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
similar) around the teeth on the bucket when ‫ ﻗﻼﺏ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ( ﺭﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ) ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮ‬
lifting. If a tooth should break, there Is a risk of ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﺎﺧﻦ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻧﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﻧﺎﺧﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ‬
serious Injury. .‫ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﺟﺪﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬

Running checks of lifting attachments :‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬

Continuous supervision should be carried out at
regular intervals by a knowledgeable and
experienced person and arranged by the ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
employer. Should wear, cracks or other .‫ﻛﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
deficiencies, which may jeopardise the safety of ‫ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻳﺺ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﻩ‬،‫ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻓﺮﺳﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﻫﺎ‬
the machine or the lifting equipment, be noticed ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬،‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
during the running checks, the machine or the .‫ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
lifting equipment must not be used.

Other attachments ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

• Attachments which are only used for specific
purposes often have special safety instructions. ‫• ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮﹰﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ‬
Never start operating with a special attachment, .‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
without first having found out which regulations ‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
apply. .‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‬
• Find out how the attachments should be fitted
‫• ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ‬
and used and that they are approved for use with
your machine (according to the Declaration of ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﺮﮒ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ‬
Conformity). .‫ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪163‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Operating the machine Site near power lines,‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ – ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪pipes or under ground cables‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫‪Check with your employer to find out if there are‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ‬
‫‪any overhead or underground cables or gas,‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻭ ﻭﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﻭ‬
‫‪water or sewage pipes on the work site.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺿﻼﺏ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ‬
‫‪Clear information about this must be given to the‬‬
‫‪machine operator before beginning excavating or‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻛﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫‪digging work.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪Make sure that all relevant and practical‬‬
‫‪measures to help detect such lines are taken.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ)ﻟﻮﻟﻪ – ﺑﺮﻕ(‬
‫‪Local authorities and/or communication and‬‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫‪power companies should be contacted regarding‬‬ ‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‬
‫‪maps, drawings and advice.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Failure to do so may lead to legal consequences.‬‬
‫‪Cables and power lines must be protected against‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﮕﺮﺩ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪damage in a suitable way. Electric cables should,‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪if possible, have the power turned off.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Information about where the gas and water can‬‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫‪be turned off should be made available, so that‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺪﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ‬
‫‪they can be quickly turned off, if they are ruptured.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪NOTE: If digging has to be carried out very‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫‪close to cables, pipes or overhead wires, It‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫‪may be necessary to dig by hand.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 164 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

WARNING!
If the machine, for some reason, should come ‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻬﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻧﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‬:‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
into contact with a live high voltage power ‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
line, the operator must remain in the seat and ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﻱ‬
not leave the cab the operator's life is in ‫ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
danger, if the machine is live and the operator
.‫ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‬
becomes earthed to the ground.
Call for help by signalling In some way, so that ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯﺻﺪﺍ‬
the power can be turned off. .‫ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ‬

High voltage overhead power line ‫ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬
The distance between the machine and the live ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
overhead power line should be at least two metres ) 40kv ‫) ﻫﻔﺖ ﭘﺎ( ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
(seven feet) sideways in cases of low voltage and four
metres (13 feet) in case of high voltage power lines up ‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰﻻ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
to a maximum of 40 W (power line which usually has ‫ ﭘﺎ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ‬13 ) ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ( ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
supporting and fixed insulators) and six metres (20
‫ )ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰﻻ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ‬40kv ‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
feet) in cases of high voltage power lines above 40 W
(lines normally carried in suspended insulators). .‫ ﭘﺎ ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬20) ‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ( ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺶ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
Regarding machine standing under live overhead ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
power line, the vertical distance between the highest ) ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
point on the machine and the lowest Jive conductor of
the overhead power line should be at least two metres ‫ﻫﻔﺖ ﭘﺎ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
(seven feet) in the case of low-voltage lines. In the ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ ﭘﺎ ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬13 ) ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
case of high voltage the distance should be at least ‫ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ‬،‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻦ ﺑﻮﻡ‬
four metres (13 feet). The lifting height may have to be
limited by adjusting the boom kick-out function. .‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪165‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪The above given safety distances must be kept even in‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻧﺎﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫‪the case of the most unfavourable loading and‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﻤﻨﹰﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫‪unfavourable position of the attachment. Any springing‬‬
‫‪movement of the machine must also be taken into‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫‪account.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪A sideways swing of the lifting sling of at least 2Cr from‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 15m/s‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪the vertical line should be reckoned with and the‬‬
‫‪sideways movement of the overhead power line at a‬‬ ‫ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻭ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﹰﺎ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻗﻼﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪wind speed of 15 m/s should be borne in mind.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 20°‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪The safety distance must also be observed between‬‬ ‫ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫‪any load carried in the attachment and the power line.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪By overhead power line is meant a single conductor‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪suspended on or from poles or other supports as well‬‬ ‫ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻭﻳﺰﺍﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﺪﺍﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪as accessories such as insulators, hooks and bars.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻭ ﻗﻼﺏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Operating under ground‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪If the machine is operated under ground (in EU‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ) ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ‬
‫‪and EEA countries) special equipment is required,‬‬
‫‪ ( EEA‬ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ‬
‫‪e.g. the engine should be certified.‬‬
‫ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Talk to your dealer‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪166‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Getting stuck‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﻦ ) ﮔﻴﺮ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ(‬

‫‪What to do if the machine gets stuck‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪If the machine has got stuck, it is usually best to‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰﻻ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫‪reverse out. If you cannot reverse or drive‬‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫‪forward, try the following:‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1. Engage the differential lock with the foot‬‬ ‫‪ -۱‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ) ﭘﺪﺍﻝ( ﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻦ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪switch.‬‬
‫‪2. Select a low gear (istor2nd).‬‬ ‫‪ -۲‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ) ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ(‬
‫‪3. Reverse and steer the machine fully to the left‬‬
‫‪and then to the right alternately (like a duck's‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪ -۳‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪waddle).‬‬ ‫ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺭﺩﻙ(‬

‫‪If only the front wheels have got stuck proceed in‬‬
‫‪either of the following ways:‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Lift the front wheels, supporting the machine on‬‬ ‫‪ -۱‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪the bottom of a flat bucket and reverse.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2. Steer to the right or to the left, press the bucket‬‬
‫‪against the ground, lift up the front wheels and‬‬ ‫‪ -۲‬ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫‪steer the other way, raise the bucket slightly and‬‬ ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪reverse.‬‬

‫‪3. Lift up the front wheels using the bucket.‬‬

‫‪Manually fill the holes under the wheels with‬‬ ‫‪ -۳‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺥ ﻭ‬
‫‪branches, pieces of wood or similar and reverse.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮒ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪4. If the machine needs to be recovered, see‬‬ ‫‪-۴‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 120‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪page 120.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 167 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Safety when servicing ‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬

This section deals with the safety rules which must be
followed when checking and servicing the machine. ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
Volvo CE disclaim all responsibility if other tools, lifting ‫ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬Volvo CE .‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
devices or working methods are used than those ‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺠﺰ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
described in this publication.
Further safety rules and warning texts are given within ‫ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬.‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‬
the respective sections. .‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

Service position ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬

BEFORE you begin the service work the machine ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
should be placed on level ground and prepared as
shown below: .‫ﻼ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‬‫ﺫﻳ ﹰ‬
1. The attachment should be resting on the ground. ‫ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬-۱
2. Apply the parking brake. .‫ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-۲
3. Stop the engine and take out the ignition key. -(Does ‫ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ) ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬-۳
not apply when checking oil level in transmission). (‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
4. Carefully release the pressure in pressure lines .‫ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-۴
and pressure vessels to avoid risks.
5. Attach a black and yellow label to the steering ‫ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﺯﺭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﭘﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬-۵
wheel. (in the USA a red flag must be used.) (‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
6. Connect the frame joint lock. .‫ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻛﻤﺮ ﺷﻜﻦ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-۶
7. Block the wheels in a suitable way (with, for ‫ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ ) ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ) ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬-۷
example, wedges). (‫ﮔﻮﻩ‬
8. Allow the machine to cool. .‫ﻼ ﺧﻨﻚ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬-۸
WARNING! :‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
If work has to be done on a warm machine ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻨﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻠﺰﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ‬
before it has cooled: Take care to avoid hot ‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
liquids and hot machine
.‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪168‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪NOTE: When lifting the machine, the frame‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻛﻤﺮﺷﻜﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪joint must be locked and the machine lifted at‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻼﺑﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫‪the eyes intended for this purpose, see page‬‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ 97‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫‪97. When lifting with a jack, see page 171.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻚ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ 171‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪After completed service work‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬

‫‪Refit any guard plates which may have been‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺷﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫‪removed and close and lock all engine covers.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Before service read‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪• Read the Operator's Manual and the plates‬‬
‫‪and instructions found on the machine to obtain‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻼﻙ ﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪the required knowledge and 1 formation about the‬‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪machine.‬‬

‫‪• To be able to carry out the service work in a‬‬

‫‪correct way, it is important that you use the‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ‬
‫‪correct tools and equipment. Replace or repair‬‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫‪broken tools and faulty equipment.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪• Use a hard hat, safety glasses, protective‬‬

‫‪shoes and gloves and an approved respirator or‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﻨﻚ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻔﺶ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬
‫‪other protective articles when required.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫•‬ ‫‪Do not wear loose-fitting clothing or jewellery.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻟﺒﺎﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ) ﮔﺸﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺗﻨﮓ( ﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪169‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪• Keep service surfaces and handholds clean‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻳﺦ‬
‫‪from oil, dirt and ice.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪• Use the stepping areas provided with anti-slip‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺿﺪﻟﻐﺰﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫‪protection to avoid the risk of slipping. Worn,‬‬
‫‪painted-over or loose protections should be‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪replaced. Remember that high-pressure water jets‬‬ ‫ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﺳﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻧﮓ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫‪when washing and spilled oil can cause the‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ( ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪protections t loosen.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• Therefore, do not direct the water jet against‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‬
‫‪the protections and wipe up spilled oil.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪• Make sure that there is sufficient ventilation‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫‪when starting the engine indoors.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪• Do not stand in front of or behind the machine‬‬

‫‪while the engin is running.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪• Use a ladder when changing light bulbs or‬‬

‫‪carrying out other service work high up on the‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻻﻣﭗ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫‪machine.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﺩﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪• Use a long-handled window scraper and‬‬

‫‪brush or a ladder when cleaning the outside of the‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﺩﺑﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺱ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫‪windows.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪• The installation of two-way radio, mobile‬‬

‫‪telephone, lever steering or similar equipment‬‬ ‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺗﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﺿﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪must be carried out by a skilled person, as faulty‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ‬
‫‪installation may cause interference with the‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻼﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫‪electronic components controlling vital machine‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪functions.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪170‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪• When carrying out service work under raised‬‬

‫‪lifting arms, the arms must be secured (lifting arm‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺟﻜﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪support) or the bucket tilte forward and resting on‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺟﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ‬
‫‪the ground to prevent the arms from lowering. In‬‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﭼﻜﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺧﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ) ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫‪addition, the control lever lockout should be‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ( ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻫﺮﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪engaged and the parking brake applied.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪• Take care when changing oil in engine,‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫‪hydraulic system or transmission as the oil may‬‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪be hot and cause burns.‬‬
‫‪• When emptying/draining oil or fuel, use a‬‬
‫‪pump or a hose and collect the liquids in a‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ) ﮔﺎﺯﻭﺋﻴﻞ ( ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪suitable vessel. Spillage will damage the‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪environment and may cause a fire. Waste oil and‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ‬
‫‪other contaminating liquids should be taken care‬‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫‪of by a firm especially authorised to carry out such‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪work.‬‬

‫‪• When operating in an area which is‬‬

‫‪contaminated or dangerous to one's health, the‬‬
‫‪machine must be especially equipped for this‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫‪purpose. Special local safety regulations apply‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪within such areas and also when servicing the‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪machine.‬‬

‫‪• Stop the engine before opening engine‬‬

‫‪covers etc. Make sure that no tools or other‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻨﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫‪objects, which may cause damage, have been‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫‪forgotten in or on the machine.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪171‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Cheek that the equipment you are using for lifting‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻼﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪or supporting parts of the machine, e.g. strops,‬‬ ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
‫‪slings, ratchet blocks and ground support, safely‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﺸﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ‪،‬‬
‫‪can cope with the strain they are exposed to and‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬
‫‪meet applicable national regulations.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Release the pressure in pressure vessels,‬‬
‫‪components and systems carefully and in the‬‬ ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪prescribed way, so that the excess pressure is‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﻄﺮﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪released without risk.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪When connecting hydraulic hoses, check that the‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺁﻳﻲ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪desired effect has been achieved, that is, check‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 128‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬
‫‪that the hydraulic function operates in the‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪expected way, see page 128.‬‬
‫‪Hoses, pipes and quick-action couplings may be‬‬ ‫ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮕﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫‪pressurised even if the machine is stationary and‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫‪the engine turned off. Such pipes and hoses‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﻭﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪should therefore only be disconnected by trained‬‬
‫‪personnel.‬‬
‫‪When looking for leaks, use apiece of paper or‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫‪wood, not your hand.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Never set a pressure-limiting valve to a higher‬‬
‫‪pressure than that recommended by the‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪manufacturer.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪172‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Lifting with a jack‬‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻚ‬

‫‪The ground must be even and sufficiently firm to‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫‪support the load.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Apply the parking brake and place wedge-shaped‬‬
‫‪blocks by wheels which are not to be raised off‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻃﺮﻑ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫‪the ground to prevent the machine from rolling.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ) ﮔﻮﻩ ﭘﻨﺞ( ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ(‬

‫‪Us a jack with a sufficient lifting capacity and‬‬

‫‪place it under the axle inside the wheel which is to‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ‬
‫‪be removed.‬‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ‬
‫‪Make sure that the jack is correctly positioned and‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻚ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪that it is positioned at the correct angle to the‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪point of lifting on the machine.‬‬

‫‪Place any supports in the safest possible way‬‬

‫‪under the machine (axle) when the machine is in‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪the raised position. The load must be taken off the‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ) ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﺁﻥ ( ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫‪hydraulic jack and the axle of the machine resting‬‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺟﻚ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫‪on axle stands before the wheel is removed.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 173 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Fire prevention measures ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﭙﺴﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‬

There is always a risk of fire. It is important that ‫ ﻟﺪﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﭙﺴﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬.‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
you use a fire extinguisher that suits your machine ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ‬
and working environment and that you learn how ..‫ﺍﺳﺖ‬
to use it. The fire extinguisher should be placed
‫ﻛﭙﺴﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
under the seat bracket or externally in a lockable
.‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
box.
If the machine is to be provided with a hand-held
fire extinguisher, it should be of the ABE type ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻛﭙﺴﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﭙﺴﻮﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
(ABC in the USA), which means that it is possible ‫ ( ﻛﻪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬ABC ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ) ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ‬ABE
to extinguish fires in both solid and liquid
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
carbonaceous material and that the active
.‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
compound does not conduct electricity.

The effectiveness grade I means that the time the

extinguisher is effective must not be less that 8 ‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬8 ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﭙﺴﻮﻝ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬I ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺁﻳﻲ‬
seconds, grade II at least 11 sec. onds and grade
.‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬15 ‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬III ‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬11 ‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬II ‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
Ill at least 15 seconds.

A hand-held fire extinguisher ABE 1 (in the USA

ABC type) normally corresponds to a powder ‫ ( ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬ABC ‫ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻳﻚ ) ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﻣﺪﻝ‬ABE ‫ﻳﻚ ﻛﭙﺴﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺪﻝ‬
content of 4 kg (8.8 lb) (EN-grade 13A89BC), the (8.8 4kg ‫ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ‬EN3-1995 ‫ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬5,4,2,1 ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬
EN 3-1995 standard, parts 1, 2, 4 and 5. . ‫ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬lb)
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 174 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

At the slightest sign of fire, and if the situation .‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
allows, take the following steps: .‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
1.Drive the machine away from the fire-sensitive .‫ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
area caused by the fire. .‫ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬0 ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
2.Lower the lifting arms to the ground.
.‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
3.Stop the engine by turning the ignition key to the
.‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‬
'V' position.
4.Leave the cab. ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬
5.Turn off the battery disconnect switch. .‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
6. Start putting out the fire and notify the fire
brigade/department if necessary.
It is forbidden to smoke or have an open flame ‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺧﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ )ﺳﻴﮕﺎﺭ( ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ‬
near a machine when filling with fuel or when the ‫ﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬
fuel system has been opened and in contact with
.‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
the surrounding air
Diesel fuel oil is flammable and must not be used
for cleaning. Use an approved solvent and do not ‫ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺩﻳﺰﻝ )ﮔﺎﺯﻭﺋﻴﻞ( ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
inhale the fumes. Also bear in mind that certain .‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺣﻼﻝ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺸﺎﻕ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
solvents can cause skin rashes and constitute a ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺣﻼﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ‬
fire hazard. .‫ﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬

Store flammable starting aids in cool, well

ventilated locations. These aids must not be used .‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
in connection with electric preheating of the ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻮﻟﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
induction air. .‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Keep the place clean where the service isto be

carried out. or water makes the floor slippery and ‫ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﻐﺰﻧﺪﮔﻲ‬.‫ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
is also dangerous in c nection with electrical ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
equipment or electrically powered tools. Oily or
.‫ ﻟﺒﺎﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺟﺪﻱ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬.‫ﺑﻮﺩ‬
greasy clothes are a serious fire hazard.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 175 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Check daily that the machine and the equipment,

e.g. under body plates are free from dust and oil. ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
In this way the risk of fire is reduced and it is ‫ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ‬
easier to detect faulty or loose components. .‫ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‬

NOTE: If a high-pressure jet is used for

cleaning, take great care as the Insulation of ‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
electric leads can be damaged even at a ‫ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
moderately high pressure and temperature. .‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
Protect electrical leads In an appropriate way. .‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Take extra care when cleaning the machine

after it has been used in a fire-sensitive ‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﺜﻞ ﭼﻮﺏ ﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻧﻬﺪﺍﻡ‬
environment, e.g. saw-mill and refuse dumps. ‫ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮ‬،‫ﺯﺑﺎﻟﻪ‬
Reduce the risk of spontaneous combustion by ‫ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﺧﻮﺩﺑﺨﻮﺩ ) ﺧﻮﺩﺳﻮﺯﻱ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺧﻔﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎﻱ‬
installing for example silencer guard or
.‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺮﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
high-capacity cyclone precleaner.

Sound absorbing material in the engine

compartment must be kept clean to minimise the ‫ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ‬، ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ‬
fire hazard. .‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Fire prevention equipment which is installed on

the machine must be maintained and regarded as ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
a complement to the actions of the operator in ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﻢ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ‬
case of a fire. .‫ﺑﺎﺯﻧﮕﺮﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪176‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Check that fuel lines, hydraulic and brake hoses‬‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
‫‪and electrical cables have not been damaged by‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ‬
‫‪chafing or are not in danger of being damaged in‬‬
‫ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫‪that way because of incorrect installation or‬‬
‫‪clamping. This applies particularly to unfused‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻡ )‪R(B+‬‬
‫‪cables, which are red and marked R (13+) and‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪routed:‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ‬
‫‪- between the batteries‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫‪- between battery and starter motor‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫‪- between alternator and starter motor‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ) ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪- to the preheating element on the engine‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ(‬
‫‪Electrical cables must not lie directly against oil‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪and fuel lines.‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪The following applies for welding and grinding‬‬
‫‪work:‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- A fire extinguisher should be kept near to hand.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻛﭙﺴﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- The ventilation must be good when working‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪indoors.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- Approved respirator should be used‬‬ ‫ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- The work surface must be cleaned.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫‪- Do not weld or grind on components which are‬‬
‫‪filled with flammable liquids, e.g. tanks and‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫‪hydraulic pipes. Exercise care with such work also‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫‪in the proximity of such places.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 177 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Working on painted surfaces ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

When welding, grinding and gas cutting, the paint
finish must first be removed from an area with a
radius of at least 10 cm (4 in) from the point ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ – ﺳﻨﮓ ﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
where the work is to be carried out. The reason ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ‬10cm(4in) ‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
for this is that paint when heated gives off a great ‫ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬،‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
number of different substances which can cause ‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺯﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻜﺮﺭﹰﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
irritation and be very harmful to a person's health
.‫ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻀﺮ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
in case of long or frequent exposure.
‫ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ‬،‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ‬
In addition to the health hazard, the weld will also
be of inferior quality and strength, which in the ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺭﻧﮓ‬
future may cause the weld to break. Therefore, .‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‬
never weld directly on a painted surface.

Methods and precautionary measures when

removing paint: ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﻲ‬

• Blasting ‫ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻥ‬
- Use respirator and eye protection. .‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﭼﺸﻢ ) ﻋﻴﻨﻚ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
• Paint remover or other chemicals ‫ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
-- Use a portable air extractor, respirator and ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻜﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ) ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ( ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
protective gloves. .‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
• Grinding machine
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺯﻧﻲ‬
-- Use a portable air extractor, respirator and
protective gloves and eye protection. ‫ ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺶ ﻭ ﻋﻴﻨﻚ‬، ‫ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ‬،(‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻜﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ) ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ‬
.‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪178‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫!‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ‬
‫‪Be careful when welding, grinding and gas‬‬ ‫ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫‪cutting near painted surfaces and near rubber‬‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻭ ﻣـﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻱ ) ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ( ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫‪or plastic parts. Paint and polymer materials‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ‬
‫‪can, when heated, form compounds which are‬‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪dangerous to health and environment.‬‬

‫‪Rubber and plastics‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫‪Polymer materials can, when heated, form‬‬
‫‪compounds which are dangerous to health and‬‬
‫‪environment and musttherefore neverbe burned‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻱ ) ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ( ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪when scrapped. Also take care when handling‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ‬
‫‪machines which have been subjected to fire or‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪other extreme heat.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪If gas cutting or welding is to be carried out near‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫‪such materials, the following safety instructions‬‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪must be followed:‬‬
‫‪- Protect the material from heat.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪- Use protective gloves, protective goggles and an‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺶ ﻭ ﻋﻴﻨﻚ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪approved respirator.‬‬

‫‪Fluor rubber‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺭ‪:‬‬

‫‪Certain seals which have to withstand high‬‬ ‫ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪operating temperatures (e.g. in engines,‬‬ ‫ﺁﺏ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪transmissions, axles, hydraulic motors and‬‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫‪pumps) may be made from fluor rubber, which,‬‬ ‫) ﺁﺗﺶ ( ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﺪ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﮊﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻴﺪ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﻚ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪when exposed to strong heat (fire), forms‬‬
‫‪hydrogen fluoride and hydrofluoric acid.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 179 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

This acid is very corrosive and cannot be rinsed ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻴﺪ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺭﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺷﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ‬
or washed off from the skin. It causes very severe ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ‬
burns which take a long time to heal.
.‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺷﺪ‬
It usually means that damaged tissue must be ‫ﭼﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
surgically removed. Several hours may pass after ‫ﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﻲ ﺭﺍﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﺸﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
contact with the acid, before any symptoms ‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻴﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻦ ) ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ( ﺭﻭﻱ‬.‫ﺟﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
appear and therefore one is not given any .‫ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
immediate warning. The acid may remain on the
machine parts for several years after a fire.

If swelling, redness or a stinging feeling ‫ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮﺯﺷﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬، ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬
appears and one sus. pects that the cause ‫ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﹰﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻛﺘﺮ‬،‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
may be contact with heated fluor rubber, ‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺑﹰﺎ ﮔﺮﻡ‬.‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
contact a medical doctor immediately. If a ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﺠﺮﺏ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ‬
machine, or part of a machine, has been ‫ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻴﻨﻚ‬
exposed to f ire or severe heat, It should be .‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
handled by specially trained personnel. In all
handling of machines after a fire, thick rubber
gloves and effective goggles must be used.

The area around a part which has been very hot ‫ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﻦ‬
and which may be made of fluor rubber should be ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻫﻚ ) ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻳﺎ‬
decontaminated by thorough and ample washing ‫ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﺴﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
with lime water (a solution or suspension of (.‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
calcium hydroxide, i.e. slaked lime in water). After
the work has been completed, the gloves should
be washed in lime water and then discarded.

Waste hazardous to the environment

‫ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ‬
Painted parts or parts made of plastic or rubber ‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
which are to be scrapped must never be burnt, ‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬،‫ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
but must be taken care of by an approved .‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
refuse-handling plant.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 180 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Batteries, plastic objects and anything else which

is suspected of being dangerous to the ‫ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺱ ﻣﻲ ﺯﻧﻴﺪ ﺧﻄﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ‬
environment must be taken care of in an .‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
environmentally safe way

Check -list after fire

.‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
When handling a machine which has been ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﺛﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
damaged by fire or been exposed to intense
‫ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬
heat, the following protective measures must
under all circumstances be followed: .‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬

Use thick, gloves made of rubber and wear ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺶ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺿﺤﻴﻢ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻴﻨﻚ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ‬
goggles which are certain to protect your eyes. .‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Never touch burnt components with your bare

hands, as there is a risk that you may come into
contact with melted polymer materials. First wash ‫ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻟﺨﺖ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‬
thoroughly with plenty of lime water (a solution or ‫ﻼ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ) ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬.‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻱ ﺫﻭﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
suspension of calcium hydroxide, i.e. slaked lime .‫ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﺴﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻫﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ( ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
in water).

 As a precaution, seals (O-rings and other oil

seals) should always be handled as if they were ‫ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ) ﺍﻭﺭﻳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ( ﺭﺍ‬
made of fluor rubber. .‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬

 Treat skin, which is suspected of having come

into contact with burnt fluor rubber, with ‫ ﺩﺭﻣﺎﻥ‬،‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ‬
Hydrofluoric Acid Burn Jelly or some. thing ‫ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻤﺎﺩ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﻴﺪ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
similar. Seek medical advice. Symptom may not ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺰﺷﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ‬
appear until several hours afterwards. .‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪181‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪ Discard gloves, rags etc. which are suspected‬‬ ‫ ﺩﺳﺘﻜﺸﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻗﻼﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻮﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪of having come into contact with burnt fluor‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪rubber.‬‬

‫‪Basic preventive maintenance‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫‪Engine oil, checking‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪Check the oil level daily.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ When checking the machine should stand on‬‬ ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺴﻄﺤﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪level ground.‬‬ ‫ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫‪The check should be carried out when the oil is‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺗﺮ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪cold and has had time to run down to the bottom‬‬
‫‪of the sump.‬‬
‫‪The level should be between the marks on the‬‬ ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮔﻴﺞ )ﺳﻴﺦ( ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪dipstick.‬‬
‫‪Engine oil, changing‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮ ‪ 500‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Change oil every 500 hours.‬‬
‫‪The conditions for the 500 hour interval between‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ 500‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫‪oil changes are that:‬‬
‫‪- the lubricating oil filters are changed every time‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪the oil is changed.‬‬
‫‪- the filters are genuine Volvo 1ong life" filters and‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﮔﺬﺭ )ﺑﺎﻱ ﭘﺲ( ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪ L200D‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫‪"by-pass" filters on L200D and genuine Volvo‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ) ﻭﻟﻮ( ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪1ong life" filters on L150D.‬‬ ‫‪ L150D‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ) ﻭﻟﻮﻭ( ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- the diesel fuel sulphur content does not exceed‬‬
‫‪0.2 % by weight.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﮔﻮﮔﺮﺩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 0.2%‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 182 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

- the fuel consumption between filter ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬500 ‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬
replacements every 500 hours must not exceed ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬L200D ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬8000 Lit (212 us gal)
8000 litres (2112 US gal) (L200D) and 6000 litres
(1584 US gal) (L150D). .‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬6000 Lit (1584 us gal) ‫ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬L150D ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

- The oil is of a certain quality grade, see page (‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬254‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ) ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
254.
- the correct oil viscosity for the ambient air ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺮﻭﻱ ) ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ( ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
temperature is selected according to diagram, see
(‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬254 ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
page 254.
If any of these conditions cannot be met, the ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬
oil should be changed every 250 hours and ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ‬250
the oil at least meet the quality grade API CE .‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ACEA – IE3‫ ﻳﺎ‬APICE
or ACEA-IE3.
‫ ﺧﻮﺭﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﺩ‬،‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺳﻴﺪﻱ‬
If the machine operates under acid, corrosive
or particularly dusty conditions, the oil should ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬125 ‫ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬
be changed every 125 hours. .‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Draining ‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬

Drain the oil while the engine is still warm. .‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
(‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
The draining nipple is positioned on the right side
of the machine (behind the rear axle).
‫ ) ﺩﺭ‬.‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Take care of waste oil and liquids In an
environmentally safe way! (.‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‬
Filling
Fill with oil through filler pipe (B). ‫ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
.‫ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬B ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪183‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Oil capacity when changing:‬‬

‫‪L150D, approx. 16 litres (4.2 US gal) including‬‬ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺁﻥ‬
‫)‪filters. L200D, approx. 21 litres (5.5 US gal‬‬ ‫‪ L150 D‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ﹰﺎ ) ‪ 16 Lit ( 4.2 Us gal‬ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫‪including filters.‬‬ ‫‪ L200 D‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ﹰﺎ )‪21Lit (5.5 Us gal‬‬
‫‪For oil quality grades, see page 254.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 254‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Engine oil filters, replacing‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪Replace the lubricating oil filters every time‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺮ‬
‫‪the oil is changed, i.e. every 500 hours.‬‬
‫‪ 500‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪The lubricating oil filters are of the disposable‬‬
‫‪type, i.e. they can be cleaned, but must be‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪replaced.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Removing‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫‪- Use a filter clamp or loosen the centre bolt‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﭼﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫‪(depending on filter type).‬‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Installing‬‬ ‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫‪-Fill the filters with oil and apply oil to the gasket.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﻤﺎﻟﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Screw on the filters until the gasket just touches‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫‪the sealing surface. Then tighten a further half of‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺳﻔﺖ‬
‫‪a turn by hand.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- Start the engine and check that the gaskets seal.‬‬
‫‪If they do not, remove the filters and check the‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫‪sealing surface. Usually it does not help to tighten‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰﻻ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ‬
‫‪harder.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 184 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

NOTE: After replacing oil filters, the engine

must run at low Idling for at least one minute ‫ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
to make sure that the engine lubricated before ‫ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
the machine is put to work. .‫ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ‬

IMPORTANTI It Is important that the filters are

filled with oil before they are installed. This is
‫ ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‬:‫ﻣﻬﻢ‬
to ensure lubrication of the engine
immediately It Is started. ‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬
.‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

Fuel system ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬

Fuel tank ‫ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
Clean fuel is essential for trouble-free running of
the diesel engine. .‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

Carefully clean around the filler cap before

removing it. ‫ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
.‫ﻼ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
 Avoid spillage when filling. Spilt fuel attracts ‫ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ‬.‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
dirt and is a fire hazard if it is spilt on hot ‫ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺧﻄﺮ‬
surfaces. .‫ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
 During the cold season keep the fuel tank full
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﺳﺮﺩ ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ‬
to prevent water condensing in the tank.
.‫ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
 When required, remove the plug at the bottom
of the fuel tank and drain off any sludge. .‫ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻛﻒ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻲ ﻛﻒ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 185 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Fuel tank capacity: ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬

L150D, 210 litres (55.4 US gal). 210 Lit ( 55.4 Us gal ) ‫ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ﹰﺎ‬L150 D
L200D, 255 litres (67.3 US gal).
255Lit (67.3 Us gal) ‫ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ﹰﺎ‬L200 D
Forfuel quality, see page 255.
.‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬255‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
Fuel filters
Replace fuel filters every 1000 hours. ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
The fuel filters consist of one primary fuel filter .‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬1000 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ‬
which is integrated with the water trap and two ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
secondary fuel filters. .‫ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‬

The primary fuel filter and the water trap have

been integrated to one unit and are positioned
inside the engine cover on the left side of ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
machine. On the filter head there is a separate ‫ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﭘﻤﭗ‬.‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
built-in feed pump, which is used when bleeding ‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺏ‬
the system and when draining water. The primary .‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
filter works as a pre-filter for the feed pump.

The two secondary fuel filters are positioned

inside the engine cover on the right side of the ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ) ﭘﻤﭗ ﺍﻧﮋﻛﺘﻮﺭ ( ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ‬
machine. .‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‬
When installing the filters, they should only be .‫ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ‬
tightened by hand.
‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬
The filter inserts should be replaced by service
.‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬
personnel from an authorised dealer workshop.

The way the fuel flows Is:

Tank- primary fuel filter with water trap - feed :‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‬
pump on injection pump - secondary fuel filters ‫ﺗﺎﻧﻚ – ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ – ﭘﻤﭗ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺍﻧﮋﻛﺘﻮﺭ – ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬
injection pump- engine ‫ﺳﻮﺧﺖ – ﭘﻤﭗ ﺍﻧﮋﻛﺘﻮﺭ – ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪186‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Fuel system, air bleeding‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬

‫‪The large volume of air in the water trap makes it‬‬
‫‪impossible to bleed via the ordinary feed pump.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫‪Therefore, filling bleeding must be done In two‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻲ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫‪stages as follows:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Fill with fuel.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Loosen the bleeder screw on the primary filter‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﻮﺍﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪head.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Pump with the hand pump on the primary filter‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
‫‪head until fuel free from air flows out.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Tighten the bleeder screw.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﻮﺍﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﺍﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Loosen the bleeder screw on the secondary fuel‬‬
‫‪filter head.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﻮﺍﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Pump with the feed pump on the injection pump‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ) ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ( ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺍﻧﮋﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺭﺍﭘﻤﭗ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪until fuel free from air flows out.‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Tighten the bleeder screw.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﻮﺍﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Check after starting that there are no leaks.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Water trap‬‬

‫‪Drain the water trap every 250 hours.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬

‫ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ‪ 250‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪When draining water from the fuel, this must be‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ) ﺁﺏ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫‪done by hand.‬‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ( ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ )ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻜﻄﺮﻓﻪ( ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ‬
‫‪A non -return valve in the filter head prevents the‬‬
‫‪fuel from running back to the tank. As no fuel can‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫‪run back, the pressure will remalp and as a‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪consequence no water will be drained unless new‬‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪fuel pumped in.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 187 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Proceed follows: :‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

- Install a hose on the draining nipple.-
.‫ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
- Loosen the draining nut.
- Pump with the hand pump on the primary .‫ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
filter head until all water has been forced out ‫ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
of the water trap. .‫ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
Tighten the draining nut and remove the hose.
.‫ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‬
(‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ) ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ‬
Breather filter, fuel system
Replace the filter every 2000 hours. .‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬2000 ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻫﺮ‬
.‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
The filter is positioned inside the cover on top of
the engine hood.

Turbocharger
The turbocharger is lubricated and cooled ‫ﺗﻮﺭﺑﻮﺷﺎﺭﮊ‬
through the engine lubrication system. .‫ﺗﻮﺭﺑﻮﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬

important for the function of the turbocharger :‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻮﺭﺑﻮﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
is that:
 Lubrication and cooling is safeguarded by :‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
- not racing the engine immediately after it has ‫ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ‬-
been started.
- the engine is allowed to run at low idling for a .‫ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﺩﻭﺭ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ‬-
couple of minutes before it is turned off.
 engine oil is changed and lubricating oil filters ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
replaced at prescribed intervals. .‫ﺷﻮﺩ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 188 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

 the air cleaner is serviced regularly and that ‫ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ) ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
the exhaust system and lubricating oil lines do not .‫ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﮔﺰﻭﺯ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
leak.
In case jarring noises can be heard, or if the ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻲ ﺻﺪﺋﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻫﻨﺠﺎﺭ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩﻭ ﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭﺑﻮﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
turbocharger vibrates, it must be reconditioned
or replaced immediately. .‫ﺳﺮﻳﻌﹰﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Only authorised dealer workshops should

carry out work on the turbocharger. ‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
.‫ﺗﻮﺭﺑﻮﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‬

Air cleaner ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬

Engine, air cleaner
The degree of engine wear depends largely on ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻓﺮﺳﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﹰﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻜﺶ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ‬
the cleanliness of the induction air. The air
‫ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬.‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
cleaner prevents dust and other impurities from
entering the engine. Therefore, it is very important ‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬.‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
that the air cleaner should be checked regularly .‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
and maintained correctly.

Primary filter maintenance ‫ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬

When the display unit shows "Clogged air
filter or every 1000 hours, the filter should be ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ))ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﺎﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ(( ﺭﺍ‬
replaced or cleaned. ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬1000 ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬
If the information text remains after replacing the
primary filter, also the secondary filter must be
.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
replaced, see page 190. ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬
.‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬190‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬.‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
The operating time between filter ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
replacements varies depending on the ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﺮﺭﹰﺍ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‬
working environment of the machine. In
certain environments the filter needs to be .‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
replaced often.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 189 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

The filter can be cleaned according to instructions ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ‬
which your authorised dealer will give you. ‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﭘﻨﺞ ﺩﻓﻌﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬.‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
However, after the filter has been cleaned five .‫ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
times or if it is damaged, it must be replaced.

NOTE. Make a mark on the decal at the end of

the secondary filter every time the primary ‫ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻲ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
filter is replaced or cleaned. , .‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‬
Replacing primary filter :‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
In connection with replacing the filter, the
cover for the air cleaner should also be ‫ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
cleaned as this works as a container for ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺫﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣــﻘﺪﻭﺭ‬
particles which have not been trapped in the
.‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
filter.
Cheek that all hose and pipe connections ‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻮﻟﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
from the air cleaner to the engine induction
manifold are tight. Check-tighten hose clips. .‫ ﺑﺴﺖ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Do not, under any circumstances, run the ‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬
engine without a filter or with a damaged one. ‫ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ‬.‫ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‬
Always have a spare filter at hand and keep
the filter well protected from dirt. .‫ﻼ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪190‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Secondary filter‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪The secondary filter works as a protective filter if‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫‪the main filter is damaged.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪If the control lamp is alight, in spite of the fact that‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﺮﻏﻢ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪the primary filter has been replaced or cleaned,‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪this indicates that the secondary filter is blocked.‬‬

‫‪The secondary filter should‬‬ ‫‪always‬‬ ‫‪be‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪replaced, never cleaned.‬‬

‫‪Also replace the secondary filter when the‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ‬
‫‪primary filter has been replaced three times,‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺭﺍﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫‪however, not later than every 2000 hours.‬‬ ‫‪ 2000‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪Never remove the secondary fliter unless it is‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫‪to be replaced.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﺵ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪191‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Filter indicator, checking‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﻜﺎﺗﻮﺭ ) ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ( ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ‬

‫‪Check the function of the filter Indicator every‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ 1000‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1000 hours.‬‬
‫‪5. Run the engine at low idling.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2. Disconnect the air cleaner ejector hose and‬‬ ‫ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ) ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮕﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﮔﺰﻭﺯ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫‪plug the opening.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3. Remove the air intake cap and cover the air‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪intake with a stiff piece of board.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4. Leave an air slot of approx. 10 mm (0.4 in).‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺷﻜﺎﻑ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ )‪ 10 mm (0.4in‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5. Gradually increase the engine speed. The text‬‬
‫‪“Clogged air filter” is shown on the display unit.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ " ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ" ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻗﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Listen and feel for any air leakage.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 192 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Oil-bath precleaner ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻲ‬

When working in a particularly dusty environment, ‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﹰﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﮔﺮﺩﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
we recommend that an oil-bath precleaner should ‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬.‫ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
be installed in series with the existing dry-filter air .‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‬
cleaner. This will provide further safety against
damage to the engine.

The particle-retaining ability of the oil-bath cleaner ‫ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ‬%۹۵ ‫ ﺍﻟﻲ‬90% ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
is between 90 and 95 %, which in practice, means ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
that the standard dry-fitter air cleaner will act as a ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬2000 ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺮ‬
secondary filter, with a replacement interval which .‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
is twice as long, i.e. 2000 hours.
Oil- bath precleaner, maintenance ‫ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻲ‬
Check the oil daily. .‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
• The level should reach up to the . ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ " ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺮﻣﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ" ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻥ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‬
"Normaidistand" mark, but not higher.

• Change oil and clean the lower and upper steel ‫• ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
mesh filters if: .‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
- the oil is dirty and viscous. .‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

- there are sludge deposits or dry spots on the ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻜﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬
underside of the lower steel mesh filter. .‫ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‬

•The oil bowl, the lower and upper steel mesh ‫• ﻇﺮﻑ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺎﺯﻭﺋﻴﻞ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ‬
filters should be washed in diesel fuel. .‫ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬

•Avoid using petrol (gasoline) for cleaning, as any ‫• ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬
remaining petrol can cause the engine to surge .‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺷﺪ‬
when it is started later.

•When filling or changing oil use oil with the same ‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
viscosity as in the engine. ‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 193 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Clean the steel mesh filters inserts every .‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬2000 ‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬
2000 hours.
Washer fluid reservoir, front and rear ‫ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺁﺏ ) ﻣﺎﻳﻊ( ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﻮﻱ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
windows
The washer fluid reservoir is positioned on the ‫ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﻮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﻐﻞ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ) ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ‬
inside of the side cover (cab ventilation filter .‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ( ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
cover) on the right-hand side of the machine.

•Make sure that there is sufficient anti-freeze in ‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺿﺪﻳﺦ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﻮﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ‬
the washer fluid when there is a risk of frost. .‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬

• Top up when necessary. .‫• ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

• Make sure that the cap on the reservoir is ‫• ﺍﺯ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
securely tightened and that the reservoir is clean .‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﻮﻱ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
on the outside. A smell of fluid may otherwise
spread to the cab.

Cooling system ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬

The following measures must be carried out ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
regularly to ensure that the cooling system :‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
functions without problems.
- Check the coolant level - ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
- Blow the radiator clean ‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺏ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 194 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Coolant ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬

Coolant with anti-freeze and corrosion ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺿﺪﻳﺦ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ‬
protection
When delivered from the factory, the cooling ‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰﻻ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺏ ﻭ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
system is normally filled with tap water mixed with ‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ‬.‫ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬Volvo ‫ﺿﺪﻳﺦ ﺗﻐﻠﻴﻆ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
Volvo concentrated anti-freeze. This coolant ‫ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬-25°C (-13°F) ‫ﺑﻪ‬
mixture lowers the freezing point down to -25 c 13
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﺎﺩ ﻣﺎﻳــﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ‬
'F). If there is a risk that the ambient temperature
(.‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗــﺮ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ ) ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
will drop below this temperature the freezing point
of the coolant should be lowered further, see ‫ ﺿﺪﻳﺦ ﺗﻐﻠﻴﻆ ﺷﺪﻩ‬،‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ‬
6elow. ‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺿﺪﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
To protect the engine from corrosion and the
radiator from clogging up, the concentrated
anti-freeze contains active anti-corrosion
additives.
These additives have a limited durability, ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
therefore the coolant should be changed once .‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬2000 ‫ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ‬
a year or every 2000 hours.

NOTE: Do not mix different makes of ‫ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺿﺪﻳﺦ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
anti-freeze or additives as this can have a .‫ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ‬
negative effect.

The anti-freeze content must not be less than 40% ‫ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬40% ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺿﺪﻳﺦ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
Cooling system capacity: :‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
L90D, approx. 53 litres (14 US gal). 53 lit (14 us gal) ‫ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ‬L90 D
L120D, approx. 65 litres (17.2 US gal).
65 Lit (17.2 us gal) ‫ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ‬L120 D
L90D, 40 % (21 litres = 5.5 US gal) = -25 c (_1 3 'F)
and
50 % (26.5 litres = 7.0 US gal) = -37 OC (-35 'F)
L120D, 40 % (26 litres = 6.9 US gal) = -25 'C (-13
OF) and

50 % (32.5 litres = 8.6 US gal) = -37 OC (-35 OF)

HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 195 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Coolant with only anti-corrosion additives ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺿﺪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ‬
If the climate is so mild that anti-freeze is not ،‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺪﻳﺦ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
required, we recommend that tap water mixed ‫ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ‬Volvo ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺿﺪﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ‬
with Volvo's anti-corrosion additive is used as .‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
coolant. 40 Lit ‫ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺿﺪﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬3 Lit (0.8 us gal) ‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
.‫( ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬10.6 us gal )
- Mix approx. 3 litres (0.8 US gal) of anti-corrosion
additives to 40 litres (10.6 US gal) of water. ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬400 ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺿﺪﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ‬
To maintain the anti-corrosion protection, the 255‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬.‫ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ ﺿﺪﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬0.5Lit
coolant should be topped up every 400 running .‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
hours with 0 .5 litre rosion additives, see page
255.

Coolant, checking ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬

.‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬50 ‫ﻫﺮ‬
Check the coolant level every 50 hours. ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺁﻥ‬.‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The level should be at the maximum mark on the .‫ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
expansion tank. Top up when necessary.

Coolant, changing ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬

.‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬2000 ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬
Change coolant every 2000 hours. The coolant ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
In machines provided with a coolant filter only
.‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬3000 ‫ﻫﺮ‬
needs to be changed every 3000 hours or
every second year.

WARNING! :‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
There is a risk of scalding when the expansion tank ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
cap or radiator cap are removed because of the
excess pressure In a not cooling system. .‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 196 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Draining :‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬

1. Remove the expansion tank cap. .‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
2. Open the draining nipple on the cylinder block. ‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
3. Press in the clamp on the draining nipple, so ‫ﺑﺴﺖ ) ﮔﻴﺮﻩ( ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
that the coolant can run out. .‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
Take care of waste oil and liquids in an .‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
environmentally safe way!

Filling ‫ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬

Fill with coolant through the expansion tank, see .(‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ)ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
figure.
- The engine should not be running and the cab )‫ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬-
heater control set to warm. .(‫ﺷﻴﺮﺁﺏ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

- Fill with coolant to the maximum mark on the .‫ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-
expansion tank.

- Run the engine until it is warm and top up the ‫ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬-
coolant level until all air has been removed from .‫ﻼ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
the system.

- The level should be checked after the engine .‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺧﻨﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-
has been run warm and then allowed to cool.

NOTE: The system can also be filled through .‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
the draining nipple.
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪197‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫!‪IMPORTANT‬‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ‬
‫‪Never fill a hot engine with cold coolant, as‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ‬
‫‪this may cause the cylinder block or the‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﺑﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫‪cylinder head to crack. Failure to change‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪coolant will cause clogging of the cooling‬‬
‫‪system and the risk of engine damage.‬‬

‫)‪Coolant fiIter (optional‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ) ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ(‬

‫‪Machines equipped with a coolant filter have‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪better corrosion protection.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ‪ 1000‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪The filter should be replaced every 1000‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪hours.‬‬
‫‪The filter cannot be cleaned, but should be‬‬
‫‪replaced with a completely new unit.‬‬

‫‪Radiator. cleaning‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫‪The radiator should be cleaned at regular‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﹰﺎ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪intervals in order to safeguard the cooling of the‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﭘﺮﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪engine. When operating under especially dusty‬‬
‫‪conditions, the radiator should be checked daily.‬‬
‫‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ‬
‫‪The engine must not be running when cleaning the‬‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪radiator‬‬
‫‪1. Detach the radiator casing and swing it outward‬‬ ‫ﻼ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪until it is fully open.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2. Blow the radiator clean with compressed air‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪from the rear side cover.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪or‬‬
‫‪1. Loosen the lock nut for the radiator and swing it‬‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ‪ 65°‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪out approx. 60°.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2. Blow clean with compressed air.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 198 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

NOTE: The radiator core can beeasily ‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻗﺖ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
damaged If not handled carefully. .‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ‬

Coolant pump draining, checking (‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ )ﻭﺍﺗﺮ ﭘﻤﭗ‬
Check every 2000 hours that the draining hole ‫ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻱ‬.‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﺸﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬2000 ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬
on the coolant pump is not blocked. Clean the .‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﻲ ﻇﺮﻳﻒ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
hole under the pump with a thin screwdriver or
similar.

NOTE: When operating under especially dusty ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﭘﺮﮔﺮﺩﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺮﺭﹸﺍ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
conditions, the check should be made more .‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
often.

Electrical system ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ‬

Check the travelling lights and control lamps .‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
daily.

Battery disconnect switch ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ‬

The battery disconnect switch is positioned on the ‫ ﺍﮔﺮ‬.‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
lower part of the radiator casing. If the machine is ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ) ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ( ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
to be left unattended for some time, the battery .‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
disconnect switch should be turned off.
Batteries ‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ‬
The batteries are two 12 V batteries which are ‫ ﻭﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬24 ‫ ﻭﻟﺖ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬12 ‫ﺩﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ‬
connected in series providing a system voltage of .‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
24 V.
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺩﺭﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬250 ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﺖ ) ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ( ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮ‬
Check the electrolyte level every 250 hours
(more often at temperatures above +15°C = +59 °F). .(‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻜﺮﺭﹰﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬+15°C ‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 199 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

• The level should be approx. 10 mm (0.4 in) .‫ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬10mm (0.4in) ‫• ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
above the cell plates. .‫• ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ( ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
• Top up with distilled water when required. ‫ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ‬،‫• ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ‬
• Check that the cable terminals and pole studs
.‫ ﮊﻟﻪ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ‬
are clean, well tightened and coated with
petroleum jelly or similar.
The state of charge of the batteries is checked .‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﺮﻣﺎ ) ﺍﻧﺠﻤﺎﺩ( ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
with a hydrometer. When there is a risk of frost, it ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ‬
is very important that the batteries do not become .‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﺎﺩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
discharged as the electrolyte in a discharged
battery is more likely to freeze and so destroy the
battery.

Batteries, rules ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ‬

• Never smoke near batteries, as these give off ‫• ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﮕﺎﺭ ﻧﻜﺸﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﺼﺎﻋﺪ‬
explosive gases.
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
• Do not connect a discharged battery in series
with a fully charged battery. The current surge can ‫ﻼ ﺷﺎﺭﮊﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﻱ‬ ‫• ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
cause the batteries to explode. ‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ) ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ( ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ‬
• Make sure that metal objects (such as tools, .‫ﺷﻮﺩ‬
rings, watch straps etc.) do not come into contact ‫ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺮ – ﺑﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﺑﺎ‬-‫• ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ) ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬
with the battery pole studs. Protections should be
installed over the battery pole studs, as otherwise ‫ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
there is a risk of injuries and fire. .‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬
• Never tilt a battery in any direction. Battery .‫• ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﻢ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
electrolyte may leak out. .‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
• When removing a battery, disconnect the ground
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
cable first.
• When installing a battery, connect the ground ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲ‬
cable last. The risk of sparks, which can cause .‫ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
fire, is reduced. .‫ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬200‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
• When charging batteries, follow the instructions
on page 200.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 200 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

• When using a spare battery to aid starting, follow ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
the instructions on page 200. .‫ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬200 ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
Batteries contain substances dangerous to . ‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
health and the environment They must ‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ‬
therefore be disposed of according to local (‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ‬.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
andlor national regulations.
.‫ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺭﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
Remember that battery electrolyte Is
corrosive.

‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
Batteries, charging ‫ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ‬
:‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
WARNING! ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬،‫ﺍﻛﺴﻴﮋﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﮊﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
When a battery is being charged an explosive
mixture of oxygen and hydrogen is formed. A ‫ ﻟﺬﺍ‬.‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
short circuit, an open flame or a spark in the ‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
neighbourhood of the battery can cause a .‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
powerful explosion. Always turn off the
charging current before disconnecting the
charging clips. Ventilate well, especially If the
battery is charged in a confined

The battery electrolyte contains corrosive ‫ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻴﺪﺳﻮﻟﻔﻮﺭﻳﻚ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ‬
sulphuric acid. Any electrolyte that is spilled on ‫ ﺩﺭ‬.‫ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﹰﺎ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
the Skin should be removed Immediately. Wash ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
with soap and plenty of water. If you get splashes .‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﹰﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻛﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
of electrolyte In your eyes or on any other
sensitive part of your body, at once rinse with
plenty of water and seek medical advice
Immediately.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 201 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Starting with booster batteries ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬‫ﻼ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬:‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
WARNING! ‫ﺩﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ‬
Due to current surge, batteries con explode
.‫ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
causing injury, if a fully charged battery Is
connected to a completely discharged one. -

Proceed as follows: .‫ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

1. Move the gear selector to neutral. .‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
2. Apply the parking brake. .‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
3. Check that the booster batteries or any other ‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ‬
power source has the same voltage as the .‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
standard batteries.
.‫ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‬
4. Never disconnect the cables from the
‫( ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺕ‬+)‫( ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺐ‬+) ‫ﻗﻄﺐ‬
standard batteries!
5. Connect (+) on the booster battery to on the ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬.‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
battery nearest to the starter motor. .‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
6. Connect the other jump lead from the terminal ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
on the booster battery to the frame of the .‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
machine, for example the frame member close to ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺕ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤ ﹰﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮ‬
the starter motor. (‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‬
7. Start the engine with the ignition key In the
‫( ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬-) ‫ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪ‬
cab.
‫( ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ‬+) ‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬
8. When the engine has started, first disconnect
the jump lead between the machine frame and the .‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
negative (-) terminal of the booster battery. Then .‫ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
remove the jump lead between the positive (+)
terminals.
9. Re-install the insulating caps on the battery
terminals.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 202 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Alternator ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ‬

.‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬500 ‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮ‬
Check the fan belt tension every 500 hours.
:‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
WARNING .‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The engine must be turned off when checking
the tension of the alternator belts.

Alternator belts, adjusting: : ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻡ‬

.‫ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
1. Loosen the nuts. ‫ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻭ ﺳﻔﺘﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
2. Adjust the alternator outward until correct belt .(‫ﺷﻮﺩ ) ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻣﻲ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
tension has been obtained (do not bend against ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﺳﻔﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﹰﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
the aluminium cover on the alternator).
3. At correct belt tension it should be possible to .‫ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬15mm(0.6in) ‫ﺑﺮﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
depress each belt about 15 mm (0.6 in) by .‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
exerting a relatively high pressure.

When replacing, both belts should be replaced at the

same time.
The alternator Installation is sensitive to faulty ‫ﺁﻟﺘﺮﻧﺎﺗﻮﺭ ) ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻡ( ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‬
connection, .‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
therefore always follow the Instructions below:
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 203 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Disconnecting battery (‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ ) ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬

.‫• ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
• Turn off the battery disconnect switch.
• Battery and alternator cables must not be .‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‬
disconnected while the engine is running. This
can damage the alternator. ‫• ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
• Disconnect and insulate the battery cables
.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
before carrying out any work on the alternator
equipment.

Battery connection ‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ‬

.‫• ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
• Turn off the battery disconnect switch. ‫ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬.‫• ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
• The battery terminals must never be confused.
‫ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻡ‬،‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫( ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‬-) ‫( ﻳﺎ‬+)
Each terminal is clearly marked with a (+) or a (-)
sign respectively. If the cables are wrongly .‫ﺳﺮﻳﻌﹰﺎ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
connected, the alternator rectifier is destroyed
immediately.
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
Electric welding ‫• ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
.‫ﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
• Before electric welding is carried out on the
‫( ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﺰﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬- ) ‫• ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﻻﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ‬
machine or attachment, turn off the battery
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭﺻﻞ‬
disconnect switch.
.‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬177 ‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
• Connect the welding equipment ground lead as
close to the welding point as possible.
See also page 177.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 204 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Relays and fuses ‫ﺭﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ‬
Relays and fuses are installed in the electrical
distribution box behind the operator seat. They
‫ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ‬.‫ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‬
are accessible after the door to the distribution ‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺒﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ‬
box is opened or the back has been removed. .‫ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎﻭ ﺭﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
On the inside of the door there is a decal
showing which appliance is connected to the ‫ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺁﻣﭙﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ‬
respective relays and fuses.
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ) ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ‬
Never install a fuse with a higher rating (‫ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
than that given on the decal (there Is a risk
of damage or I Ire on the circuit board). ‫ ( ﺑــﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻳـﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺭﻟﻪ‬RE1-RE14 ) ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ‬
If a fault should arise in any of the relays (RE1 ‫ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ‬
- RE14) listed below, the faulty relay can .‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
temporarily be replaced with another relay
from a less important function.

RE RE FUNCTION ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‬ RE FUNCTION ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‬

1 Bucket positioner ‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ‬ 11 30-feed EM ‫ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬30 ‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬
2 15A-feed, Unloading ignition switch ‫ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬15A ‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬ 12 15EA-feed, Unloading ignition ‫ ﺳﻮﺋﭻ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬15EA ‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬
switch
3 Boom kick-out ‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻦ ﺑﻮﻡ‬
4 15B-feed, Unloading ignition switch ‫ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬15B ‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬
5 Intermittent wiper rear ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﻦ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
6 Intermittent wiper front ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﻦ ﺟﻠﻮ‬ 201 Preheating ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
7 Boom Suspension System ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ‬ 601 Secondary steering pump ‫ﭘﻤﭗ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
8 Signal to starter motor, Unloading ignition ‫ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ‬،‫ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺕ‬ 801 AC ‫ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ‬
switch ‫ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬
9 Starter inhibitor ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺕ‬ 802 AC ‫ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ‬
10 Working lights (extra) (‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ) ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬ 803 Air-suspended seat ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 205 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Fuses ‫ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ‬
Never install a fuse with a higher rating than that given
on the decal on the inside of the cover door. There is a
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺁﻣﭙﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
risk of fire on the circuit board. .‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
FU A FUNCTION ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‬ FU A FUNCTION ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‬
Bucket positioner and boom kick- out,
1 10A Floating position, Changing attachment, ‫ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬،‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻦ ﺑﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ‬ 16 10A 15-EA-feed cab ‫ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬15-EA
Brake pressure charging
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ) ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
1 10A 3rd/4th hydraulic function 17 10A 30-E-feed I-ECU, V-ECLI, EM ‫ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬30E
(‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
2 10A Boom Suspension System ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﻡ‬ 18 10A 30-EAM, 30E rear frame ‫ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻘﺐ‬30E، 30-EM
19 10A Cigarette lighter ‫ﻓﻨﺪﻙ‬
20 5A Stop lights + direction indicators ‫ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ‬۰ ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
21 10A Pre-excitation, Alternator ‫ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬،‫ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻡ‬
3 10A Wiper, Washer front, Horn ‫ﺑﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﻮﻱ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﺑﻮﻕ‬ 22 10A Working lights radiator casing ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ‬
Working lights radiator casing, Control ‫ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ‬/ ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ‬
4 20A Cab fan, AC ‫ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ‬،‫ﻓﻦ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬ 23 10A
lamp working lights ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ‬ High beam right, Control lamp high ‫ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ‬/ ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬
5 5A Heated seat 24 5A
beams
6 5A Parking lights, Guide lights ‫ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ‬/ ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬ 25 5A High beam left ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ‬
Service socket (service display ‫ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ‬/ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬ 26 10A Working lights cab front, Interior light ‫ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ‬/ ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
7 5 unit), Instrument lighting ‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ‬
7 5A Parking lights, Instrument lighting ‫ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ‬/ ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬ 27 15 A Travel lights ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
8 15 A Starter inhibitor ‫ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺕ‬، ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ‬ 28 10A Working lights cab rear ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
9 5A Hazard flashers ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻼﺷﺮ‬ 28 10A Rotating warning beacon ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ‬
10 5A Radio ‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬ 29 10A Ignition switch feed ‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻧﻮﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬ 30 5A Key-turn engine stop, Control lever ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬-‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬-‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
car- rier, CDC, P-brake, Brake ‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ‬-‫ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬-‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ – ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ‬
11 5A Low beam right
pressure, BSS, Secondary steering, ‫ﺑﻮﻡ – ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ – ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
CDC gear shifting
12 5A Low beam left ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻧﻮﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﺐ‬ 31 5A 15-EA-feed rear frame, air filter ‫ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍ‬-‫ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻘﺐ‬15-EA
Working lights attachments and ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ‬ 32 5A Differential lock, 15-EA-feed front ،‫ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺟﻠﻮ‬15-EA ، ‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ‬
13 10A radiator casing frame + transmission ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
Preheating, Gear shifting + kick- ‫ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻛﻦ‬+ ‫ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬،‫ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬ 33 20 A Key-turn engine stop ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
down, Transmission disengage- ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ـ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
14 5A
ment, Differential lock, Mode ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
selector
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 206 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

15-EA-feed I-ECU, V-1ECLI, EM ‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬15EA ‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬ 50 5A Air conditioning (AC) ‫ﻛﻮﻟﺮ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
15 10A
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
Gear shifting solenoid 2 (when V- ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬۲ ‫ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻮﻟﻮﻧﻮﺋﻴﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬ 52 10A Air-suspended seat ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ‬
15 10A ECU is by-passed)* (‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
15 10A Parking brake ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ‬ 54 5A Air-suspended seat
15 10A Cooling fan control ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﻦ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬

FH1 5A Preheating control lamp ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬ FH3 5A Secondary steering control lamp ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬
FH2 Preheating ‫ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬ FH4 5A Voltage converter ground ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
*) Only when operating with ECU by-passed ("Limp-Home")

Transmission ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
Transmission oil level, checking ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
Check the oil level when the machine Is warm .‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
every 250 hours on L150D and every 500 hours
on L200D. .‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬500 ‫ ﻫﺮ‬L200D ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬250 ‫ ﻫﺮ‬L150D
- Place the machine on level ground with the engine .‫ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺴﻄﺤﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬-
running at low idling.
- Move the gear selector to neutral. .‫ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬-
- Apply the parking brake .‫ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-
- Wait for two minutes approximately for the level to
stabilise, before checking the level on the dipstick.
.‫ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‬-
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪207‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪NOTE:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪When the engine is not running, the level pipe is‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺦ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﭘﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
‫‪full with transmission oil. When the engine is‬‬
‫‪started, the torque converter fills up with oil and‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺭﻙ ﻛﻨﻮﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫‪the level in the pipe falls. When the machine is‬‬ ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﻴﺦ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫‪cold, the oil level may drop below the minimum‬‬
‫‪mark. The level should be checked when the oil In‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪the transmission is warm.‬‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Transmission , changing oil‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪Chang oil every 2000 hours‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ 2000‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫!‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺒﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪Take care when changing oil, as hot oil con cause‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻻﺯﻡ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻧﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺛﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﻲ‬
‫‪burns to unprotected skin.‬‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪The oil is drained at by removing the drain plug‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪see the next page.‬‬
‫‪Fill with oil through the filler pipe.‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Oil capacity when changing:‬‬ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‬
‫‪L150D, approx. 25 litres (6.6 US gal) and‬‬
‫‪dropbox 4.7 litres (1.2 US gal) L200D,‬‬ ‫‪ = L150D‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ﹰﺎ )‪ 25 Lit (606 us gal‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻭ‬
‫)‪approx. 38 litres (10 US gal‬‬ ‫)‪ 4.7Lit(1.2 us gal‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫‪For oil quality grades, see page 254.‬‬ ‫‪ L200D‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ﹰﺎ )‪38 Lit ( 10 us gal‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 254‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Take care of waste oil and liquids in an‬‬
‫!‪environmentally safe way‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪).‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪(.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 208 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Suction strainer ‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺶ‬

Clean the strainer every 2000 hours. The suction .‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬2000 ‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮ‬
strainer is positioned at the bottom of the transmission ‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺶ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
housing.
1. Remove the cover and clean. .‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
2. 2 Install a new gasket between cover and .‫ﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
transmission housing.
.‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻭﺭﻳﻨﮓ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﺍﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
3. 3. Also change the 0-ring at the suction strainer
connecting pipe. .‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
4 Fill oil. .‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
5 Check that there are no leaks.
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪209‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Transmission, replacing oil filters‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫‪Replace the filter every 2000 hours or If the‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ 2000‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﺭﺩﺭﻧﮓ‬
‫‪amber Information lamp lights up at the same time‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪as a warning text Is shown on the display unit.‬‬
‫‪The oil filter is of the "spin on" type and is‬‬
‫‪accessible from underneath on the left side of‬‬
‫‪machine.‬‬
‫‪The filter cannot be cleaned, but must be‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪replaced.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪210‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Breather filter transmission / hydraulic oil‬‬

‫‪tank‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ‪ /‬ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
‫‪Replace the filter every 20W hours. The filter‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ 2000‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪is common to the transmission and the‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﻭ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪hydraulic oil tank. The filter cannot be‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪cleaned, but must be replaced.‬‬

‫‪Front and rear axles‬‬ ‫ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ‬

‫‪Axles, changing oil‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪Change oil every 1000 hours.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ 1000‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫!‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺒﺖ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫‪Take care when changing oil, as hot oil‬‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻻﺯﻡ ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻧﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﻲ‬
‫‪can cause burns to unprotected skin.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Operate the machine for a few minutes and‬‬
‫‪check the oil level again. Topping up may be‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫‪required.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Take care of waste oil and liquids In an‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ‬
‫!‪environmentally safe Way‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 211 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Axles, capacities

Oil capacity front axle when changing, 36

litres (9.5 US gal) (incl. differential carrier ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎ‬
assembly and hubs). Oil capacity rear axle .‫ ﺍﺳﺖ‬36 Lit (9.5 us gal) ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‬
when changing, 41 litres (10.8 US gal) (Incl. .(‫) ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
differential carrier assembly and hubs). .‫ ﺍﺳﺖ‬41 Lit (10.8 us gal)‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‬
For oil quality grades, see page 254. .(‫) ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
.‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬254 ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬

Drive axles, breather filter ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎ‬

Replace filters every 2000 hours. .‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬2000 ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬
The rear axle breather filter is positioned ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
inside the engine cover on the right side of .‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
the machine.
The front axle breather filter is positioned ‫ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬، ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
inside the front cover under the lifting frame. .‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

Lubrication of propeller shafts

(‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ) ﻣﻴﻞ ﮔﺎﺭﺩﺍﻥ‬
Lubricate the shafts every 500 hours, see ‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬231‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬.‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬500 ‫ ﻣﻴﻞ ﮔﺎﺭﺩﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬-
page 231. .‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪212‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Cab‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
‫‪Cab, ventilation filters‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
‫‪The cab ventilation filters consist of prefilter and‬‬
‫‪main filter. The clogging up of the filters is entirely‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫‪dependent on the working environment of the‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ‬
‫‪machine, but the filters should be checked once a‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪week.‬‬

‫‪The main filter should be replaced every 2000‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ 2000‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ‪1000‬‬
‫‪hours and the prefliter every 1000 hours.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪NOTE: The Interval between filter‬‬
‫‪replacements can be increased or reduced‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ‬
‫‪depending on how dusty the working‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪environment Is.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪NOTE: The cab filters are only Intended to‬‬

‫‪separate particles (dust) from the air. Any‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻣﻲ‬
‫‪dangerous gases are not trapped by the‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪filters.‬‬

‫‪Cleaning‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬

‫‪1.Use a respirator (face mask).‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2. open the side cover and remove the filters.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﻐﻞ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3.Carefully shake the filters without damaging‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬
‫‪them. Avoid using compressed air, vacuum‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﺭﻭ‬
‫‪cleaner or water.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻮﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 213 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Asbestos filter
The filter is especially intended for use in ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‬
environments where there may be asbestos dust, ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
but it is of course effective against all other kinds ‫ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺼﻔﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﮔﺮﺩﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬.‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
of dust when the operator needs highly filtered air
.‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
in the cab.

Testing:
The filter meets the requirements according to ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
DOPMIL standard 282 and thereby also the AFS ‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ‬282 ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
requirements by the National Swedish Board of
‫ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻏﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻏﻞ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺳﻮﺋﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬1992:2
Occupational Safety and Health regulations
Asbestos AFS 19922. .‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬

It also meets the requirements according to DIN 24182 ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻳﻦ‬
24184 filter class S. Observe the national ‫ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
regulations for the environment you are actually
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‬
working in.

-
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪214‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Asbestos‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‬

‫‪Advice for operating in environments where‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪dust / asbestos dust is present‬‬
‫‪< It is important that the cab is kept free from‬‬ ‫< ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫‪dust / asbestos dust as far as possible:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪- Enter and leave the machine in a place away‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺃﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪from the asbestos contaminated area.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪- Keep clothes and shoes clean from dust.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻛﻔﺶ ﻭ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪- Tidy and vacuum-clean the cab often and use‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﺭﻭﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫‪personal protective equipment, for instance‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪respirator (dust mask) intended for asbestos‬‬ ‫ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪contaminated areas.‬‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Make sure that the cab door is kept closed‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺍﺗﺎ ﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪while operating.‬‬
‫‪< The cab should be ventilated through its‬‬ ‫< ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻛﺎﻣ ﻼﹰ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫‪ventilation system, which also provides excess‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪pressure in the cab.‬‬

‫‪< Replace filters (main filter and prefilter) every‬‬ ‫<ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ) ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ( ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ 1000‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪1000 hours or more often when necessary and be‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪careful with the new filter, so that it is not‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪damaged.‬‬

‫‪<With regard to risks to health and environment,‬‬ ‫< ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫‪used filters must be placed in the sealable plastic‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﺴﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺑ ﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫‪bag which is supplied together with new filters.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﺴﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻣﻼﹰ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫‪The bag with the used filter should then be‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪deposited at a place authorised to take care of‬‬
‫‪asbestos waste.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪215‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Brake system‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬

‫‪The brake system is all hydraulic and uses the‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻛﺎﻣ ﻼﹰ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪same oil tank as the working hydraulics and the‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ)ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ (‬
‫‪steering system.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ 221‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪For checking and changing oil, see page 221.‬‬
‫‪Before opening the system or check-tightening‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫‪leaking couplings and connections, the pressure‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪in the brake system must be released. This is‬‬ ‫ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ) ‪ 30‬ﻳﺎ ‪ 40‬ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ(‬
‫‪done by stopping the engine and depressing the‬‬
‫‪brake pedal several times (30-40 times).‬‬

‫!‪WRNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪ :‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻩ ) ﺁﻛﻮﻣﻮﻻﺗﻮﺭ(‬
‫‪Even if the engine has been stopped, there Is‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫‪still an a mulated pressure in the system. If the‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫‪system is opened, Without having first‬‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪released the pressure, oil under high pressure‬‬
‫‪will jet out and this could cause injuries.‬‬

‫•‬ ‫‪Discarded accumulators should be‬‬ ‫< ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫‪taken care of by a workshop and "punctured".‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪• There is a risk of explosion if an‬‬ ‫< ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫‪accumulator is heated.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪Brake discs, checking‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ) ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻛﻼﭺ(‬

‫‪The wear of the brake discs should be‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺳﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ 1000‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫‪checked every 1000 hours.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ‬
‫‪Checking and any work should be carded out‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪by an authorised dealer workshop.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 216 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Brakes, air bleeding ‫ﻫﻮﺍﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ‬
If bleeding of the brake system is necessary, this .‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
should be done by an authorised dealer
workshop.

Parking brake, checking ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ‬

WARNING! :‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
Brake test and checking the parking brake ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
should only be done within an area where it .‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻑ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
cannot cause accidents.
1. Apply the parking brake. .‫ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬- ۱
2. With 3rd gear engaged and engine at full ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬- ۲
speed, the machine should remain stationary. .‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬
Brake test, see page 114. .‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬114 ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬

Air conditioning
Check that the compressor belt is correctly
tensioned every 500 hours.
1. Loosen the nuts and move the compressor
outward.
2. Adjust with the adjusting screw until the
correct belt tension is obtained. When the belt
is correctly tensioned it should be pos. sible to
depress it about 15 mm (0.6 in) by exerting a
relatively hard pressure.

WARNING!
The engine must be stationary when checking
the beltten sion- rotating parts can cause
Injuries.

In order to prevent leakage and to safeguard the

lubrication of the seals in the compressorfor the
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 217 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

air conditioning, the air conditioning should be run

for at least five minutes once a month. It is
important that the operator is made aware of this
fact.

At temperatures below freezing, 0 OC (+32

OF), the unit must be run Indoors, as the
power supply to the compressor lead is
switched off by the thermostat whenever the
evaporator
temperature is below +1 'C (+34 'F).

NOTE: Make sure that the exhaust gases are

extracted or removed by ventilation in a
suitable way.

Condenser
Cleaning Clean the condenser at regular intervals
as follows:
1. Swing out the radiator casing.
2. Blow the condenser clean with compressed
air.

Ask an authorised dealer workshop to check

the air conditioning once a year.
If the pressure in the system becomes too
high because of a clogged condenser, the air
conditioning will cut out.
The condenser must first be cleaned before
the system Is restarted with the switch
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 218 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Evaporator
Cleaning
Clean the evaporator at regular intervals. Normal
cleaning is done with compressed air with the
evaporator in position.
A very dirty evaporator is cleaned in the following
way:
1. Remove prefliter / cab filter and the cover plate.
2. Loosen the attaching bolt and swing out the
evaporator.
Take great care not to damage the thermostat
sensing body.
3. Clean the evaporator with compressed air and
water to which is added a mild washing detergent.
NOTE: High-pressure wash must not be usedl
4. Re-install the evaporator.
Make sure that the rubber valve for condensation
water opens as it should. Open the valve from the
inside using your finger.
NOTE: The valve will be darnaged If a sharp
object is used for cleaning the valve
Refrigerant (R1 34a)
The pressurised system contains HFC
-refrigerant R134a. It Is illegal to purposely
release refrigerant into the open air. Any
service, Milling or emptying of the refrigerant
circuit must only be carried out by a trained
and accredited person.
NOTE: R134a must never be mixed with R12,
as this would cause the air-conditioning unit
to fall.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 219 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

The air-conditioning unit of the machine is filled

with refrigerant R134aatthe factory. This
refrigerant has been developed as an alternative
to the earlier refrigerant R12 (Freon), as the
R134a has less environmental impact.

R134a. has, in difference to R12, no potentially

depleting properties that will affect the ozone layer
of the atmosphere, but as R1 34a is a so called
greenhouse gas, it must never intentionally be
released into the open air.

WARNING!
Refrigerant R134a easily causes frost-bite, if it
comes Into contact with bare skin. When
heated gases are formed, which can be
harmful to the lungs and nervous system even
at low concentrations, when no smell Is
apparent. The symptoms may arise several
hours (even up to 24 hours) after exposure to
the gas.

Suspected leakage
The system is pressurised and the refrigerant can
unintentionally leak out. Never disconnect hoses
and never remove the filler plug from the
compressor.
If a leak is suspected, the system must not be
topped up- leave the area where the leak has
taken place and contact your authorised
dealer workshop for action to be taken
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 220 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

First aid measures

In case of accidental contact with escaping
refrigerant, take the following measures:

- Refrigerant in gas form and when heated can, in

low concentrations, have an effect, particularly on
the nervous system.

At high concentrations, the gas has a narcotic

effect. In both cases move personnel from the
danger area out into the fresh air. If someone is
seriously affected, seek medical advice.

- If large amounts of liquid refrigerant has come

into contact with unprotected skin, the injured
area should be carefully warmed with lukewarm
water or warm clothes. Seek medical advice if
there are remaining symptoms.

- If liquid refrigerant has come into contact with

someone's eyes, seek medical advice.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 221 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Hydraulic system ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬

The same hydraulic oil tank Is used for the ‫ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬،‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
working hydraulics and the brake and steering ‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺩﺭ‬.‫ﺍﺳﺖ‬
systems. . ‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
The pressure-limiting valve for the hydraulic
‫ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ‬
system is set to the correct value at the factory. If
‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬، ‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
the valve is altered by any person other than
service personnel from an authorised workshop, .‫ﮔﺎﺭﺍﻧﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‬
the guarantee from the manufacturer will be void.

Hydraulic system, checking oil level ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ‬.‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Check the oil level daily. The level should
stand between the max. and min. marks on the ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺣﻚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
level pipe. .‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
NOTE: ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺩﺭ‬:‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
The oil level should be checked when the .‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
lifting arms are In their lowest position and
with the attachment flat on the ground. .‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Filling is done at the plug on top of the tank.

Hydraulic system, changing oil ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬

(working hydraulics, brake and steering ( ‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬،‫) ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
systems)
WARNING! ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺒﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ‬:‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
Take care when changing oil, as hot oil can ‫ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻧﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ‬،‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
cause burns to unprotected skin. .‫ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
Change oil every 2000 hours (applies to engine oil
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬2000 ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﻫﺮ‬
and biologically degradable hydraulic oil).
.‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬4000‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﻫﺮ‬
Change every 4000 hours if the system Is filled
with hydraulic oil.
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪222‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Oil capacity of the hydraulic tank when‬‬ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪changing:‬‬ ‫‪ L150 D‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎﹰ ) ‪95 Lit (25.9 us gal‬‬
‫)‪L150D, approx. 95 litres (25.1 US gal‬‬ ‫‪ L200 D‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎﹰ )‪155 Lit (40.9 us gal‬‬
‫)‪L200D, approx. 155 litres (40.9 US gal‬‬

‫‪For oil quality grades, see page 254.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ 254‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟ ﺎﺭﻭﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻑ ﺭﻭﺏ ﻭ‬
‫‪NOTE: When using attached external hydraulic‬‬ ‫ﭼﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪equipment, e.g. road sweeper, drill, snow‬‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺘﺮ ﻣﺜﻼﹰ ﻫﺮ ‪ 1000‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪blower or similar, the oil should be changed at‬‬
‫‪shorter Intervals, Le. every 1000 hours.‬‬

‫‪Filling of oil or other work on the hydraulic‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬

‫‪system requires a high degree of cleanliness.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
‫‪Even very small particles can cause damage‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫‪or clog up the system. Wipe the area around‬‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ‬
‫‪the oil filler clean, before filling the tank with‬‬ ‫ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪new hydraulic oil.‬‬

‫‪Proceed as follows:‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪1.Operate the machine until the oil reaches normal‬‬ ‫‪ - ۱‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪working temperature.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﺮﻣﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2. Stand the machine on level ground with the bucket‬‬ ‫‪ - ۲‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺴﻄﺤﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(attachment) lowered to the ground.‬‬
‫‪3. Stop the engine and release the pressure in the‬‬ ‫‪ - ۳‬ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫‪brake system (by depressing the brake pedal several‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﺍ ‪ 30‬ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 40‬ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫‪times).‬‬
‫‪4. Drain the hydraulic oil through the draining valve at‬‬ ‫‪ - ۴‬ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻒ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪the bottom of the tank.‬‬

‫‪5. Fill with oil to correct level.‬‬ ‫‪ - ۵‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪6. Start the engine and operate the lifting and tilting‬‬ ‫‪ - ۶‬ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫‪cylinders to both end positions.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ) .‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺭﺱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ (‪.‬‬
‫‪7. Top up with oil when required.‬‬ ‫‪- ۷‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍﹰ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪8. Check that there are no leaks.‬‬ ‫‪ - ۸‬ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪223‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Take care of waste oil and liquids In an‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫!‪environmentally sub, way‬‬ ‫)ﺩﻓﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ‪.‬‬
‫‪Hydraulic system, draining sludge‬‬ ‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
‫‪Drain sludge and condensation water from the‬‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮ ‪ 1000‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﻴﺮ‬
‫‪hydraulic oil tank via the draining valve at the bottom of‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻒ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ (‬
‫‪the tank every 1000 hours (see above).‬‬

‫‪Hydraulic system, return oil filter‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬

‫‪Replace return oil filter every 2000 hours.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ 2000‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪Proceed as follows:‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. Remove the cover.‬‬ ‫‪ - ۱‬ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2. Lift out the filter and take it apart by removing the‬‬ ‫‪ - ۲‬ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻴﻦ ﭼﺎﻛﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻭ‬
‫‪cotter pin, nut, spring retainer and spring.‬‬ ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻓﻨﺮ ﻭ ﻓﻨﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3. Remove the filter which is of the disposable type and‬‬ ‫‪ - ۳‬ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪install a new filter. Cheek the seal rings when installing‬‬ ‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺐ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪224‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Hydraulic system, breather filter‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ‪ 2000‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪The filter should be replaced every 2000 hours.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪The filter cannot be cleaned, but must be replaced.‬‬

‫‪Tyres‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪Inflating tyres‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺩﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫‪Recommended tyre pressures should normally be‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﺮﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫‪followed. Special operations may justify a different‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪pressure. In such cases, fol low the instructions from‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ )‬
‫‪the tyre manufacturer and do not exceed the maximum‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ 226-228‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ (‬
‫‪permissible pressures, see pages 226 and 228.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗــﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﺎﻳﺮ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ‬
‫‪The tyre pressure may have been raised before the‬‬
‫‪machine was delivered from the factory. Therefore,‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓ ﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫‪check and adjust the tyre pressure according to‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪recommendations, before putting the machine to work‬‬
‫‪for the first time.‬‬

‫!‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺩﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ‬
‫‪To avoid serious accidents always follow the‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺫﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Instructions given below when Inflating tyres‬‬

‫‪Important considerations when handling tyres:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫‪- DO not stand by the side of the tyre while inflating‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻳﻨﮓ‬
‫‪it. Tyre installed on a split rim may explode causing‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭ ﺗﻜﻪ )ﭼﺎﻛﺪﺍﺭ ( ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫‪injury or in the worst case death.‬‬
‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﺮﮒ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Use a self attaching air chuck‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮕﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪with a hose long enough to enable you to stand‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻂ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺗﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪outside the trajectory path.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 225 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

- Always use an inflation cage, safety cables or ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺩﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻔﺴﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ‬-
chains when inflating a tyre on a wheel which is not .‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﺮ‬
installed on a machine.

- Do not carry out any cutting or welding work on the ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻳﻨﮓ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬-
rim fitted with an inflated tyre. .‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
- Let the air out of the tyre before removing a foreign ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬.‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-
object from the tyre tread. Take care when working ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﻚ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺒﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ‬
with bead breakers and a hydraulic jack and keep
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺧﺮﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬.‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‬
outside the dangerous area. If a bead breaker
disengages, it will release with enough force to cause .‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﺮﮒ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
injury or in the worst case death. Make sure that dirt
and rust are removed from the locking groove before
installing the locking ring.

- Never assemble wheel parts of different sizes and ‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‬-
never use damaged or faulty parts. . ‫ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‬
- Take great care when using reworked wheel parts. ،‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‬-
Incorrect welding, heating or brazing of the parts ‫ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺤﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬
may cause it to be weak and result in failure of the .‫ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
part.

- Spare tyres should only be filled with enough airto ‫ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘ ﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﻳﻨﮓ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﺎﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬-
keep the rim parts in place. With certain rim types ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺭﻳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬
there is a risk that rim and tyre may fall apart when .‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺭﻳﻨﮓ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﻳﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
the wheel is not fitted on the machine.

- The machine should be without load when .‫ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ‬-
checking the tyre pressure.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 226 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Recommended tyre pressure L150D L150 D ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪227‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪- The recommended tyre pressures are based on the‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ‬
‫‪rated load for each handling case.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪- In case of heavier loads, especially during timber‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪handling or loading-carrying operations, a higher tyre‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴ ﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪pressure is required. Contact the tyre manufacturer for‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫‪information about which air pressure is the correct one‬‬
‫‪for the load to be handled and transported over a‬‬ ‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪particular distance‬‬
‫‪- If L4 or L5 tyres are used for loading-carrying‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗــﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎﻱ ‪ L4‬ﻭ ‪ L5‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠــﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠــﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪operations, due attention must be paid to the‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪transporting distances.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ )‬
‫‪Radial tyres are to be preferred for loading-carrying‬‬
‫‪operations as the build-up of heat is less in this type of‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﺣﺠﻢ( ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪tyre.‬‬
‫‪Tightening torque, wheel bolts,‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ‬
‫)‪Front and rear axles: 600 ±50 N m (443 ±37 1bf ft‬‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻘﺐ )‪600 ±50 N m (443 ±37 1bf ft‬‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪228‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Recommended tyre pressure L200D‬‬ ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﻳﺮ ‪L200 D‬‬

‫‪- The recommended tyre pressures are based on‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ‬
‫‪the rated load for each handling case.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪- In case of heavier loads, especially during timber‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪handling or loading-carrying operations, a higher‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪tyre pressure is required. Contact the tyre‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫‪manufacturer for information about which air‬‬ ‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪pressure is the correct one for the load to be‬‬
‫‪handled and transported over a particular‬‬
‫‪distance.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 229 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

- If L4 or L5 tyres are used for loading carrying ‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠــﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠــﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬L5 ‫ ﻭ‬L4 ‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗــﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬-
operations, due attention must be paid to the :‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‬
transporting distances. Radial tyres are to be ‫ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
preferred for loading-carrying operations, as .‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ) ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﺣﺠﻢ( ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
the build-up of heat is less in this type of tyre.
Tightening torque, wheel bolts ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ‬
Front and rear axles: 600 ±50 N m (443 ±37 1bt ft)
600 ±50 N m (443 ±37 1bf ft) ‫ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
Maintenance prograrnme ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
The schedule shows which measures should be taken ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
at the respective hour meter readings. .‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
Example: When the machine has been operated for ، ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ‬50 ،‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ‬1500 ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬: ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
1500 hours the Daily, 50, 250 and 500 hour services .‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬500 ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻭ‬250
should be carried out according to the "Lubrication and
Service Chart.
Service Intervals ‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬
Daily service should always be carried out first
A 50 hours
.‫ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
B 250 hours ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ‬50 = A
C 500 hours ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ‬250 =B
D 1000 hours
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ‬500=C
E 2000 hours
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ‬1000=D
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ‬2000=E
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 230 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 231 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Greasing bearings ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬

The service life of bushings and pivot pins can be ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣــﺮﺗﺒﺎﹰ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﺵ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ‬
extended considerably, if the machine is greased
.‫ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
regularly and in the correct way.

The greasing of bearings has two main purposes: .‫ﺩﻭ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
- Add grease to the bearing to reduce friction between .‫ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺵ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬-
pin and bushing.

- Replace old grease which may contain dirt. The ‫ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬.‫ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬-
grease in the space inside the outer seal collects dirt ‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
and prevents dirt and also water from penetrating into .‫ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
the bearing.

Therefore, grease the bearing until new, clean grease ‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
is forced out through the outer seal. .‫ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
Between 10 and 15 strokes with a normal hand-held ‫ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬۱۵ ‫ ﺍﻟﻲ‬10 ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
grease gun is required to grease one of the bearings
for the lifting arms. .‫ﻳﻚ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ) ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﭘﻤﭗ ( ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

Wipe off grease nipples and grease gun before ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﺨﻮﺭ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﭘﻤﭗ‬
greasing, so that dirt and sand Is not introduced
through the grease nipples. ‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
.‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﺨﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪232‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Symbol key‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ‬

‫‪These standard symbols are used in the "Lubrication‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪Service Chart' on the following pages‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻜﺎﺭ‬

‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺶ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻻﻣﭙﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 233 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Lubrication and service chart L150D L150 D ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬

Checks, oil changes and lubrication ‫ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻫﺎ‬
Intervals: ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ‬2000 ,1000,500,250,50 ،‫ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ‬
Daily, 50, 250, 500, 1000 and 2000 hours. (Symbol
key, see previous page. .( ‫)ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 234 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Item Page Measure .‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‬

DAILY (every 10 hours) (‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬10 ‫ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ) ﻫﺮ‬
1 129 Check engine oil level ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
4 140 Check function of control lamps ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
136 Check oil-bath precleaner oil level (optional) (‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻲ ) ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
Check travel lights, working lights, reversing alarm ‫ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻮﻕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬

A = EVERY 50 HOURS ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ‬50 ‫= ﻫﺮ‬A

Aftering out Daily service
2 155 Check hydraulic system oil level ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
3 138 Check coolant level ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
157 Check tyres (air pressure and damage) 9) (‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ ) ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ‬
9 161 Lubricate lifting frame lower bucket pins1) ( 1) ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ‬

B = EVERY 50 HOURS A ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪ‬50 ‫= ﻫﺮ‬B

After carrying out Daily and A services
7 131 Check fuel system water trap ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺁﺏ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
6 140 Check battery electrolyte level ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ‬
5 145 Check transmission oil level ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
Check for any leaks ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ‬
9 161 Lubricate lifting frame 7) (‫( )ﺑﻮﻡ‬7) ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜ ﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬
Lubricate frame joint upper bearing7) ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ‬
Lubricate the steering cylinder bearings 7) ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﺟﻚ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
Lubricate rear axle 7) (7 ) ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻋﻘﺐ‬

C = EVERY 500 HOURS B,A ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬500 ‫= ﻫﺮ‬C
After carrying out Daily, A and B services
1 130 Change engine oil and replace oil filter 2) (۲) ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
13 142,152 Check belt tensions ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
15 148 Lubricate propeller shafts and support bearing 8) ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ) ﻣﻴﻞ ﮔﺎﺭﺩﺍﻧﻬﺎ ( ﻭ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 235 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

1) During difficult operating conditions these should be .‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬- ۱
lubricated daily.
2) For conditions which have to be met, if the interval ‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ) ﺑﻪ‬- ۲
is to apply, see page 181. ( ‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬181 ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
7) In aggressive / corrosive environment lubrication ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬50 ‫ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ‬- ۷
should be carded out every 50 hours. .‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
8) In aggressive / corrosive environment lubrication of ‫ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ‬- ۸
the universal joints should be carded out every 50 ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺧﺎﺭ ) ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ( ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬50
hours. Splined joints should only be lubricated when
necessary. .‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
9) If the machine is used for handling sharp rocks, a ‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺻﺨﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬- ۹
check should be carded out daily. .‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
Lubrication and service chart Checks, oil changes ‫ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻫﺎ‬
and lubrication Intervals: Daily, 50, 250, 500, 1000 ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ‬2000 ,1000,500,250,50 ،‫ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ‬
and 2000 hours. (Symbol key, see page 231.
(.‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬231 ‫)ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 236 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Item Page Measure ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬

0 = EVERY 1000 HOURS C,B,A ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬1000 ‫= ﻫﺮ‬D
After out Daily, A, B and C services
12 148 Change oil in front and rear axles ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
8 156 Drain sludge and condensation water from the hydraulic system ‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
14 151 Check brake discs ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﻫﺎﻱ ) ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ( ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
18 134 Replace air cleaner primary filter ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
19 131 Replace fuel filters ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
28 139 Replace coolant filter (optional) ( ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ) ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
21 149 Replace cab ventilation filter (prefilter)3) ( 3) (‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ) ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
Lubricate frame joint lower bearing ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ‬
Lubricate cab door hinges10) (10) ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﻻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
Lubricate side window hinges10) (10) ‫ﻛﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﻐﻞ‬

E= EVERY 2000 HOURS D,C,B,A ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬2000 ‫= ﻫﺮ‬E
After carrying out Daily, A, B, and Services
5 145 Change transmission oil and clean suction strainer ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺶ ﺁﻥ‬
25 147 Replace transmission breather filter ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
20 155 Change hydraulic system 0il 4) (4) ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
20 156 Replace hydraulic system return oil filter ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
22 156 Replace hydraulic system breather filter ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
21 149 Replace cab ventilation filter (main filter) 3) ( 3 ( ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ) ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬
24 147 Replace transmission oil filter ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
18 135 Replace air cleaner secondary filter ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
3 138 Change coolant 5) (5 ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
26 148,132 Replace breather filter for axles and fuel system ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧ ﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
139 Cheek coolant pump draining hole ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺁﺏ‬
Workshop jobs (should be carried out by an authorised workshop) (‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ) ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Check turbocharger including inlet and exhaust systems ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺭﺑﻮﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺩﻭﺩ‬
Check valve clearance, engine ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻟﻘﻲ ﺳﻮﭘﺎﭘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Check engine speed, high and low idling (.‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ )ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 237 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

3) Replace the filter more often when required. .‫ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻜﺮﺭﺍﹰ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬- ۳
4) If the system is filled with hydraulic oil, the oil should ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬4000 ‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬- ۴
be changed every 4000 hours (if it is filled with engine ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
oil or biologically degradable hydraulic oil, the oil
(.‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬2000 ‫ﺑﻴﻮﻟﻮﮊﻳﻚ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬
should be changed every 2000 hours).
5) If the machine is provided with a coolant filter, the ‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬،‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬- ۵
coolant should be changed every 3000 hours. .‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬3000
10) Lubricate more often when required. .‫ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻜﺮﺭﺍﹰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬- ۱۰
Machines with automatic greasing, see page 242. .‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬242‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 238 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Lubrication and service chart L200D L200 D ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬

Checks, oil changes and lubrication ‫ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻫﺎ‬
Intervals:
Daily, 50, 250, 500, 1000 and 2000 hours. (Symbol ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ‬2000 ,1000,500,250,50 ،‫ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ‬
key, see page 231). (.‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬231 ‫)ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 239 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Item Page Measure .‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‬

DAILY (every 10 hours) (‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬10 ‫ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ) ﻫﺮ‬
1 129 Check engine oil level ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
4 140 Check function of control lamps ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
136 Check oil-bath precleaner oil level (optional) ( ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻲ ) ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
Check travel lights, working lights, reversing alarm ‫ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻮﻕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬

A = EVERY 50 HOURS ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ‬50 ‫= ﻫﺮ‬A

Aftering out Daily service
2 155 Check hydraulic system oil level ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
3 138 Check coolant level ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
157 Check tyres (air pressure and damage) 9) (‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ ) ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ‬
9 161 Lubricate lifting frame lower bucket pins1) (1) ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ‬

B = EVERY 50 HOURS A ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪ‬50 ‫= ﻫﺮ‬B

After carrying out Daily and A services
7 131 Check fuel system water trap ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺁﺏ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
6 140 Check battery electrolyte level ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ‬
Check for any leaks ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ‬
9 161 Lubricate lifting frame 7) (‫( )ﺑﻮﻡ‬7) ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬
Lubricate frame joint upper bearing7) ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ‬
Lubricate the steering cylinder bearings 7) ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﺟﻚ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
Lubricate rear axle 7) (7 ) ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻋﻘﺐ‬

C = EVERY 500 HOURS B,A ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬500 ‫= ﻫﺮ‬C
After carrying out Daily, A and B services
1 130 Change engine oil and replace oil filter 2) (2) ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
5 145 Check transmission oil level ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
13 142,152 Check belt tensions ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
15 148 Lubricate propeller shafts and support bearing 8) ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ) ﻣﻴﻞ ﮔﺎﺭﺩﺍﻧﻬﺎ ( ﻭ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 240 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

.‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬- ۱ 1) During difficult operating conditions these should be
lubricated daily.
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ) ﺑﻪ‬- ۲ 2) For conditions which have to be met, if the interval is
(‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬181 ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ to apply, see page 181.
‫ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬- ۷ 7) In aggressive / corrosive environment lubrication
.‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‬50 ‫ﻫﺮ‬ should be carded out every 50 hours.
‫ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ‬- ۸ 8) In aggressive / corrosive environment lubrication of
(‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺧﺎﺭ ) ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ‬50 ‫ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ‬ the universal joints should be carded out every 50
hours. Splined joints should only be lubricated when
.‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ necessary.
‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺻﺨﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬- ۹ 9) If the machine is used for handling sharp rocks, a
.‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ check should be carded out daily.

Lubrication and service chart L150 D ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬

Checks, oil changes and lubrication
‫ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻫﺎ‬
Intervals:
Daily, 50, 250, 500, 1000 and 2000 hours. (Symbol ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ‬2000 ,1000,500,250,50 ،‫ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ‬
key, see page 231. (.‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬231 ‫)ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 241 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ Measure Page Item

C,B,A ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬1000 ‫= ﻫﺮ‬D D = EVERY 1000 HOURS
After Carrying out Daily. A, 0 and C services
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ‬ Change oil in front and rear axles 148 12
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬ Drain sludge and condensation water from the hydraulic system 156 8
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﻫﺎﻱ ) ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ( ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬ Check brake discs 151 14
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬ Replace air cleaner primary filter 134 18
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬ Replace fuel filters 131 19
(‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ) ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬ Replace coolant filter (optional) 139 28
( 3) ( ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ) ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬ Replace cab ventilation filter (prefilter) 3) 149 21
‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ‬ Lubricate frame joint lower bearing 161 27
(10) ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﻻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬ Lubricate cab door hinges 10) 161 16
(10) ‫ﻛﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﻐﻞ‬ Lubricate side window hinges10) 161 17

D,C,B,A ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬2000 ‫= ﻫﺮ‬E E = EVERY 2000 HOURS
After carrying out Polly, A. P, C services
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺶ ﺁﻥ‬ Change transmission oil and clean suction strainer 145 5
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬ Replace transmission breather filter 147 25
(4) ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬ Change hydraulic system 0i14) 155 20
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬ Replace hydraulic system return oil filter 156 20
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬ Replace hydraulic system breather filter 156 22
( 3 ( ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ) ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬ Replace cab ventilation filter (main filter) 3) 149 21
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬ Replace transmission oil filter 147 24
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬ Replace air cleaner secondary filter 135 18
(5 ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻣ ﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬ Change coolant 5) 138 3
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ‬ Replace breather filter for axles and fuel system 148,132 26
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺁﺏ‬ Check coolant pump draining hole 139
(‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ) ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ Workshop jobs (should be carried out by an authorised
workshop)
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺭﺑﻮﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺩﻭﺩ‬ Check turbocharger including inlet and exhaust systems
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻟﻘﻲ ﺳﻮﭘﺎﭘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬ Check valve clearance, engine
(.‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ )ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬ Check engine speed, high and low idling
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 242 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

3) Replace the cab filter more often when required .‫ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻜﺮﺭﺍﹰ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬- ۳
4) If the system is filled with hydraulic oil, the oil 4000 ‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬- ۴
should be changed every 4000 hours (if it is filled ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
with engine oil or biologically degradable hydraulic (.‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬2000 ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻴﻮﻟﻮﮊﻳﻚ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬
oil, the oil should be changed every 2000 hours).
5) If the machine is provided with a coolant filter, the ‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬،‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﻳ ﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬- ۵
coolant should be changed every 3000 hours. .‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬3000
10) Lubricate more often when required. .‫ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻜﺮﺭﺍﹰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬- ۱۰
Machines with automatic greasing, see page 242. .‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬242‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
Automatic greasing
Automatic greasing system TWIN
General description
A control unit, which is built into the pump, actuates the
pump unit according to a pre-selected programme
cycle. Lubricant is pumped out via the two separate
main lines which lead to the metering blocks.
The control unit can only be adjusted and repaired by
authorised personnel.
The supplied quantity of lubricant is determined by the
size of the metering valves, and is not affected by
counter pressure, temperature or the distance between
the lubrication point and the pump unit.
To obtain correct lubrication relative to the existing
working and load conditions, three different
preprogrammed lubrication cycles can be selected.
The switch, which is used for selecting lubrication
cycle, is positioned on the instrument panel to the right
of the steering wheel.
A control lamp is built into the switch and has the
following functions:
- Shows which lubrication cycle that has been
selected
- Test lamp when fault tracing
- Fault indicator
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 243 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

NOTE: When the ignition key is turned to position 1

(running position), the control lamp should flash. If
this does not happen, a system test should be
carried out.
1. Pump unit with automatics
2. Battery
3. Metering block
4. Metering valve
5. Gear selector, Forward/Reverse
6. Lubrication pressure sensor
7. Main line A
8. Main line B
9. Ignition switch
10. Switch
11.Control lamp
12.System testing button
13.Filling point
Cleaning with high-pressure wash
Normally water cannot penetrate into the system.
However, when using a high-pressure wash the risk
increases. During such occasions the pump unit
should be protected, as water, which has entered
the system, does not disappear by itself, but could
instead
cause operating problems.
Selecting lubrication cycle
There are three different lubrication cycles to choose
from depending on the working and loading
conditions to which the machine is exposed.
Proceed as follows:
1. Turn the ignition key to position 1 (running
position).
2 .Within 30 seconds press the switch on the
instrument panel once, twice or three times in quick
succession, depending on which lubrication cycle is
to be selected.
- Pressing once will provide lubrication at short
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 244 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

intervals for very demanding conditions.

- Pressing twice will provide lubrication at normal
intervals for normal conditions.
- Pressing three times will provide lubrication at long
intervals for light conditions.

3.After approx. two seconds the control lamp flashes

once, twice or three times depending on which
lubrication cycle that has been selected.

Greasing system, checking

The function of the greasing system should be
inspected regularly and suitably be co-ordinated with
other regular maintenance and checks.
Check the following regularly: 1 Function -
Carry out the system test on page 173.
2 Reservoir
- Check the amount of lubricant and top up when
necessary.
NOTE: Too low lubricant level means great risk
of air entering the system (the most common
error cause).
- Check that the reservoir is undamaged.
3 Connections, quick-action couplings,
lubrication lines
- Check that the connections do not leak
- Check that the dust guards for quick-action
couplings are installed and undamaged
- Check that the lubrication lines are undamaged
and well secured.
4 Lubrication points
- Check that all lubrication points are lubricated
(that lubricant is forced out at bearings and joints).

NOTE: Remember to lubricate by hand the

lubrication points which are not included in the
automatic greasing system. See the ordinary
lubrication chart
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 245 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Automatic greasing, system test

To check the function of the greasing system, or
in order to initiate extra lubrication, after, for
example, washing the machine, a system test can
be carried out.
The test button which is used for starting a system
test, is positioned at the front of the pump, down
to the left.
A test cycle can only be carried out when the
pump is between two ordinary lubrication cycles
(not during an ongoing lubrication cycle).

Test cycle
Single test lubrication cycle
The pump carries out one pump cycle, which
takes place via only one main line.
1. Turn the ignition key to position 1 (running
position).
2. Press in the test button for 2-6 s.
3. The lubrication cycle begins, and during the
entire test cycle the control lamp will be flashing
(2 s on 12 s off) to indicate that the function is
activated.
4. If a fault should arise during the ongoing test
cycle, an errorcode will be displayed after the test
cycle has been completed See page 176.
5. The test cycle is ended automatically.
Continuous test lubrication cycle
The pump carries out an unlimited number of pump
cycles, i.e. Is continuously pumping out lubricant
through all main lines.
This Is preferably used for Weeding the system of
air.
1. Turn the ignition key to position 1 (running position).
2. Press in the test button for more than 6 s (the control
lamp will be flashing (2 s on / 2 s off) during the entire test cycle to indicate tha
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 246 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

3. The lubrication cycle begins via main line 1, and is

then fol lowed by one lubrication cycle via main line 2 and so on
4. If a fault should arise during the ongoing test cycle,
an errorcode will be displayed after the test cycle has been completed
5.End the test cycle by turning the ignition key to
position 0.
The test cycle Is not ended automatically

Filling lubricant Lubricant must be topped up

before the level fails below the minimum marking
on the reservoir. Connection for filling lubricant is
installed on the pump unit.
Both a hand pump (with a special coupling) and an
industry filler unit may be connected.
In both cases make sure that the filler pump is
intended for NIGI class 2 grease.

Proceed as follows when filling:

1. First fill the hose for the filler pump you are about
to use with grease (if the filler pump is new). This
will prevent air from entering the system.
2.Remove the protective cap on the filler nipple.
3.Carefully clean the filler nipple and the coupling
on the hand pump hose.
4.Connect the coupling to the filler nipple.

Fill with lubricant to the max. level on the

reservoir.*) If it is hard to pump in the lubricant,
either the filter behind the filler nipple is blocked or
there may be dirt in the filler nipple itself. Clean the
filter, if required replace filler nipple and try again.
6. Re-install the protective cap.
7. Keep the lubrication pump in a dust-free place, so
that it will not be exposed to dirt
NOTE: if an industrial type Pump Is used for filling,
the filter between connection and pump should be
cleaned regularly. A partly blocked filter can easily
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 247 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

burst, with a consequent great risk of small

particles entering the lubrication system. This may
In turn lead to a breakdown In the lubrication
system.

*) If the reservoir is filled above the maximum level, the

surplus lubricant will be drained through the ventilation
hole on the left side of the reservoir. Any air under the
plate in the reservoir is also drained through the
ventilation hole on the left side.

NOTE: Do not mix different types of lubricants, as

this may cause operating problems. When
changing lubricant, all lubricant In the whole
system must be changed at the same time, not just
the lubricant in the reservoir.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 248 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Recommended lubricants
The demands the system makes on the lubricant, is
that it should be clean and possible to pump at
prevailing temperature. However, it is important that
unsuitable lubricants are not filled, as these may
cause great damage. During normal conditions (-25
OC to
+80 QC) (-13 OF to +176 OF) lubricant of the NI-GI
class 2 grease should be used.
At extremely low temperatures (below -25 OC)
(below13 OF), lubricants of the NI-GI class 1 grease
should be used, or alternatively a special type NI-GI
class 2 grease based on synthetic oil. If this type of
lubricant has to be used, carefully check the
manufacturer's specifications.
Recommendations for lubricants

NOTE: Using lubricants of a lower NI-GI class

grease than recommended, may reduce the
lubrication effect with Increased wear as a
consequence.
Additives In the lubricant may cause operating
Interruptions In the system. Therefore, the
lubricant must not contain additives of graphite or
TefIon.
The use of molybdenum disulphide (MOS2) is only
permitted If the following requirements can be met:

1. The lubricant must be of a very high quality and

must not contain more than 5 % MOS2.
2. The lubrication system must regularly be checked to
see that it provides reliable operation.
3. The main lines must be flushed through at least
once a year.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 249 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Bleeding the system

1.Make sure that the lubricant reservoir is full.
2. Remove the plugs in the distribution blocks which
are furthest away from the pump.
3. Turn the ignition key to position 1 (running position).
4. Press the test button for more than six seconds,
which will initiate a continuous test cycle.
5. End the bleeding when lubricant free of air comes
out of the distribution blocks.
6. Install the plugs in the distribution blocks.
7. Test the system with the method "Single test
lubrication cycle", see page 173

Automatic greasing, control lamp The control lamp is built

into the switch, which is used for selecting lubrication cycle and
is positioned on the front right instrument panel. The following
signals can be read off:
Signal code
Cause Signal code
One flash: The lubrication cycle preset to position for 1. The control lamp flashes four times (0.5 a
very demanding conditions. on,0.5 s off) when the Ignition switch has been
Two flashes: The lubrication cycle preset to normal turned from the 0-position.
position.
Three flashes: The lubrication cycle preset to position
for light conditions.
Low lubricant level in the lubricant reservoir. 2. The control lamp flashes (0.5 a on, 0.5 a off)
for 2 minutes each time a lubrication cycle is
initiated.
The lubrication pressure sensor is not activated from 3.The control lamp lights continuously for
low pressure to high pressure during the pump cycle, 2 minutes after completed pump cycle.
which results in maximum pumping time.
Possible causes:
Internal leaks.
The shuttle valve does not drain.
The pressure sensor is clogged.
Electrical fault, contact or cable fault.
Low ambient temperature and incorrect consistency of
the lubricant.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 250 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

The control unit has interrupted the signal to the pump 4. The control lamp lights continuously.
and the shuttle valve.
Possible causes:
One of the error codes under point 3 has occurred
during five consecutive cycles, or five times after each
other in the same main line.
Reset by pressing the test button for at least 1 s, at the
same time as the ignition switch is in position 1
(running position).
A combination of one of the error codes under point 3
and alarm for low lubricant level. Reset by filling
lubricant in the reservoir.
Single test lubrication cycle in progress. 5. The control lamp flashes (2 a on, 2 a off) for
each lubrication cycle.
Continuous test lubrication cycle in progress. 6. The control lamp flashes (0.2 a on, 0.2 a off)
for each lubrication cycle.
Signal codes 1 action

Error Cause Measure

1. The control lamp does not Voltage drop from the ignition Check the fuse and replace it if
flash when the ignition switch Is Switch. necessary.
in position.
The ground connection to the Check the ground connection, repair
pump is pump unit or the control if necessary.
lamp is faulty.
The control lamp is faulty. Replace the lamp.
between the cab and the pump Check the cable harness and repair
The cable harness is damaged or replace if necessary.
unit unit, or between the pump unit
and the control lamp.
2. The control lamp flashes (0.5 a
on, 0.5 a off) for 2 minutes each Low lubricant level in the lubricant
Fill lubricant in the reservoir.
time a lubrication cycle Is reservoir.
initiated.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 251 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

3. The control lamp lights for 2 Leakage in the main line, the Repair the line and bleed.
minutes after each pump cycle. pump cannot build up lubrication Bleed the system and test – run with
pressure. "Single test lubrication cycle".

Air in the system, causes insuffi- Check the sensor and replace it if
cient pressure during the pumping necessary.
phase.
The lubrication pressure sensor is Check the metering valves and
faulty. install new O-rings if necessary.
If an O-ring in any of the metering Check the valve and replace it if
valves is faulty or missing, there is necessary.
a leakage of pressure between the
main lines.
The shift valve is faulty, the pump Contact authorised service
cannot build up lubrication personnel.
pressure.

Error Cause Measure

4. The control lamp Iights Five consecutive identical error Press the test button on the pump
continuously. of codes. Interrupted after-check and keep it pressed in for at least
the pump and the shift valve (to 1 s to reset the fault indication.
protect the control unit). Trace faults according point 3.
Low level in lubricant reservoir Fill lubricant and reset by pressing
coinciding with the fact that the the test button keeping it pressed in
lubrication pressure has not been for at least 1 s. Test-run using a
reached during the pumping cycle. system test it necessary.
5. All lubrication points are dry, Too long time interval between the Select a different lubrication cycle.
but there is no error indication. lubrication cycles.
The cable harness is damaged Contact authorised service
between the cab and the pump personnel for a check.
unit.
6. Too much lubricant at all Too short time interval between Select a different lubrication cycle
lubrication points. the lubrication cycles. service or contact authorised
personnel for reprogramming of the
control unit.

-
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 252 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Signal codes

Error Cause Measure

7. One or more lubrication Pinched or otherwise damaged Check and repair the line if
points are dry, while others are line between the metering valve necessary.
lubricated correctly. and the lubrication point.
The metered amount from the Install a metering valve with a
metering valve is too low. greater metered amount.
The metering valve is faulty. Remove and clean the metering
valve or replace it.
8. One or more lubrication The metered amount from the Install a metering valve with a
points receive too much metering valve is too great. greater metered amount.
lubricant. There is an internal leakage in the
metering valve.
Replace metering valve.

9. The control lamp flashes (2 a Single test lubrication cycle in The control lamp will be extin-
on, 2 a off) for each complete progress. guished automatically after the
test
lubrication cycle. lubrication cycle has been com-
pleted, or when the ignition key is
turned to position 0.
10. The control lamp flashes Continuous test lubrication cycle in The control lamp will be
(0.2 a on, 0.2 a off) during each progress. extinguished after completed test
complete lubrication cycle. lubrication cycle. To end the test
lubrication cycle, the ignition key
must be turned to position 0.

NOTE: Special tools are required for fault tracing, adjusting

and repairing the control unit. Therefore, contact qualified
service personnel when required.
The metering valves are installed on metering blocks and
marked with stamped-in numbers to enable identification.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 253 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

1. Lifting frame

Metering valve No. Amount of lubricant c& (CC)

0 0.025
1 0.05
2 0.10
3 0.15
4 0.20
5 0.25
6 0.30
7 0.35
8 0.40
8.5 0.70
9 1.00
10 2.00

Lubrication points

2. Hydraulic attachment bracket

3. Lifting cylinder, front and rear bearings
4. Tilting cylinder, front and rear bearings
5. Propeller shafts, front and rear support bearings
6. Frame joint bearings, upper and lower bearings
7. Steering cylinder, front and rear bearings
8. Bucket attachment, upper and lower attachments
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪254‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Specifications Recommended lubricants‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻜﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪The viscosity indications are according to SAE J‬‬ ‫ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ) ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺮﻭﻱ ( ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪SAE J300 MAR 93‬‬
‫‪300 MAR93.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Other mineral oils can be used if they conform to‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺮﻭﻱ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪our viscosity recommendations and meet our‬‬
‫‪quality requirements.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪The approval of Volvo is required, if any other oil‬‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ) ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻮﻟﻮﮊﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫‪base quality (e.g. biologically degradable oil) is to‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺣﺘﻤﺎﹰ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﻟﻮﻭ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫‪be used‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 255 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Grease ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺲ‬
General lubrication points ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬
Grease on lithium base with EP additives and NLGI ‫ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬EP ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻟﻴﺘﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ‬
consistency NIGI class 2.
NOTE: If the machine is provided with ‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬: ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
automatic greasing system, other ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
recommended lubricants apply, see page 242. .‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬242 ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
Front rear- axle bridge
The following makes of grease for the front ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ – ﻋﻘﺐ‬
rear-axle bridge is recommended: - .‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
- Rubens HT2 (08)
- Chevron Ultra Duty No. 2
- Texaco Starplex HD2
- Almagard 3752
Cooling system ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
- Volvo original anti-freeze Volvo ‫ﺿﺪ ﻳﺦ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺩﺭ‬
- Volvo original corrosion protection Volvo ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺿﺪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺩﺭ‬
- USA: Coolant norm ASTM D4985
‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ASTMD 4885 ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬

Fuel ‫ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
Quality requirements: The fuel should at least :‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺘﻲ‬
meet the legal requirements, and national and ‫ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ‬
international standards for marketed fuels, for ‫ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬:‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬. ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
example: EN590 (with nationally adapted ،(‫ ) ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬EN590 ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
temperature requirements), ASTM D 975 No 1 D
and 2D, JIS KK 2204. ASTM D 975 NO 1D ,2D JLS KK 2204
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 256 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Sulphur content: According to legal (‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻮﺭ ) ﮔﻮﮔﺮﺩ‬

requirements (the sulphur content must not ‫ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ‬0.2 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ) ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻮﺭ ﮔﻮﮔﺮﺩ( ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
exceed 0.2 percent by weight). .‫ﻛﻞ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

Capacities L150D L150D ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬

Capacities, litres (US gal) When changing Total ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
Engine incl. filter 16 litres (4.2 US gal) ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ‬
Transmission incl. filter 25 litres (4.2 US gal) 33 litres (8.7 US gal) ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ‬
Dropbox when changing oil 4.7 litres (1.2 US gal) ‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‬
Front axle incl. hub reduction gears 36 litres (9.5 US gal) ‫ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻧﻀﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ‬
Rear axle incl. hub reduction gear 41 litres (10.8 US gal) ‫ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺎﻧﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻬﺎ‬
Hydraulic system 130 litres (34.3 US gal) ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
Hydraulic oil tank 95 litres (25.1 US gal) ‫ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
Fuel tank 210 litres (55.4 US gal) ‫ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
Cooling system 53 litres (14 US gal) ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
Oil- bath precleaner (optional) 5.4 litres (1.4 US gal) (‫ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ) ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬

Carry out checks according to maintenance 17 ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
programmes for the machine, see page 17. .‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Oil and fluid changes Hours ( ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻴﺎﻻﺕ ) ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
Engine 500* ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Coolant 2000 ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
Coolant (when coolant filter is installed) 3000 (‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﺪﻩ ) ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Transmission, at the same time clean suction strainer 2000 .‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺶ ﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Front and rear axles 1000 ‫ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
Hydraulic system (working hydraulics, brake system 2000 / 4000** (‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬- ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ) ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
and steering system)
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 257 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Filter changes ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ‬

Engine, lubricating oil filter 500 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Engine, air cleaner (main filter) 1000 ( ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ )ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
Engine, air cleaner (secondary filter) 2000 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Engine, coolant filter 1000 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Fuel filters, prefilter / water trap 1000 ‫ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬/ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
Fuel system, breather filter 2000 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
Oil-bath precleaner, filter inserts 2000 ‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻲ‬
Transmission, oil filter 2000 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
Transmission, breather filter 2000 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
Axle oil filter, cooling circuit (optional) 1000 ( ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ) ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
Drive axles, breather filter 2000 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ‬
Hydraulic system, return oil filter 2000 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
Hydraulic system, breather filter 2000 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
Cab, ventilation filters 2000 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬

*) Regarding conditions required if the interval between ‫* ( ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
engine oil changes is to apply, see page 181. (‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬181 ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ) ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
**) If the system is filled with hydraulic oil, an interval of
4000 hours applies. (Every 2000 hours applies to ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬4000 ‫** ( ﭼﻨﺎﻧﺠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ‬
engine oil and biologically degradable hydraulic oil.) ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ) ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﺭ‬2000 ‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻴﻮﻟﮋﻳﻜﻲ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ‬
(‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 258 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Engine L150D ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬

Designation Volvo TD63KBE ‫ﻣﺪﻝ‬
Flywheel output according to ISO 9249 113 kW (154 hp) at 35.0 r/s (2100 rpm) 9249‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻓﻼﻳﻮﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﺰﻭ‬
Output according to SAE J1 995, gross 118 kW (162 hp) at 35.0 r/s (2100 rpm) SAE J 1995 ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
Max. torque according to SAE J 1349, net 690 N m (509 1M ft) at 18.3 r/s (1000 rpm) ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
Number of cylinders 6 ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ‬
Cylinder bore 98.43 mm (3.875 in) ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ‬
Stroke 120 mm (4.724 in) ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺱ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮﻥ‬
Cylinder capacity, total 5.48 litres (334 M3) ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ‬
Compression ratio 18.21: 1 ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬
Valve clearance, warm or cold engine inlet valve 0.40 mm (0.016 in) ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻟﻘﻲ ﺳﻮﭘﺎﭘﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻳﺎﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Idling speed, low exhaust valve 0.55 mm (0.022 in) ‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Idling speed, high 11.2 ±0.8 r/s (670t30 rpm) ‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Air cleaner 40.3:tl.25 r/s (2420 ±60 rpm) ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ‬
Air cleaning in 3 steps .‫ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
Pre-cleaner- main filter- secondary filter ‫ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬-‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ – ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬
Lubrication system ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬
Oil pressure when operating ( ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ) ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Oil pressure, low idling min. 130 kPa (1.3 bar) (18.9 psi) ( ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ) ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬

Fuel system ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬

Injector opening pressure 25.0 +0.8 MPa (250 +8 bar) (3626 +116 psi) ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻧﮋﻛﺘﻮﺭ‬
Order of injection 1-5-3-6-2-4 ‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ‬
Pump timing 13° B.TD.C. ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺍﻧﮋﻛﺘﻮﺭ‬
Feed pressure 100-150 kPa (1.0-1.5 bar) (143-21.8 psi) ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﭘﻤﭗ‬
Cold-starting device Preheating element in the inlet manifold ‫ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
Intercooler Coolant / air with separate coolant pump (‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ) ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻛﻮﻟﺮ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 259 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Cooling system ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬

Type Closed system ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
Thermostat begins to open at 82°C (180°F) ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺘﺎﺕ‬
Thermostat fully open at 95°C (203°F) ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺘﺎﺕ‬

Electrical system (Contronic) L150D L150D ( ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ) ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬

System voltage 24 V ‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
Batteries 2 (connected in series ‫ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‬۲ ‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ‬
Battery voltage 12 V ‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ‬
Battery capacity 2 x 105 Ah ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ‬
Alternator 1680 W 160 A ‫ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻡ‬
Starter motor output 5.4 kW (7.3 hp) ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺕ‬

Battery electrolyte density kgldm3 kg/dm3 ‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ‬

Fully charged battery The battery 1.27-1.285 ‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻼﹰ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
should be recharged at a density of 1.250 .‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍﹸ ﺷﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‬

Bulbs Watt Socket ‫ﻻﻣﭙﻬﺎ‬

Travel lights, asymmetrical 75/70 P 431t - 38 (H4) ‫ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻥ‬،‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
Parking lights, front 4 BA 9 a ‫ ﺟﻠﻮ‬،‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
Parking lights, rear 10 BA 15 s ‫ ﻋﻘﺐ‬،‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
Tail lights 10 BA 15 a ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
Stop lights 21 BA 15 s ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
Direction indicators, rear 21 BA 15 s ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
Direction indicators, side 21 BA 15 s ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺑﻐﻞ‬
Side lights 5 SV 8.5 ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻐﻞ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 260 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Bulbs Watt Socket ‫ﻻﻣﭙﻬﺎ‬

Instrument lighting 2 BA 9 s ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
Control lamp panel 1.2 W 2 x 4.6 d (‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ )ﻻﻣﭗ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
Cab light 10 BA 15 s ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
Working lights, front halogen (optional) 70 PK 22 s (H3) ( ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻫﺎﻟﻮﮊﻧﻲ ) ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
Working lights, rear halogen (optional) 70 PK 22 s (H3) (‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻫﺎﻟﻮﮊﻧﻲ ) ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
Guide light in switches 1.2 W 2 x 4.6 d ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ‬

Fuses Blade fuse ‫ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ‬

Type 20 A ‫ﻧﻮﻉ‬
Current rating 15 A ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
Current rating 10A ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
Current rating 5A ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
Current rating In- ine fuse ‫ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Preheating

Power transmission L150D ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬

Transmission ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
Type Hydro-mechanical ‫ﻧﻮﻉ‬
Make Volvo ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
Designation HT1 31 ( ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﺗﺨﺼﺼﻲ )ﻣﺪﻝ‬
Torque converter Single stage ‫ﺗﻮﺭﻙ ﻛﻨﻮﺭﺗﻮﺭ‬
Torque multiplication 2.66 :1 ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭ‬
Number of gears 4 forward, 4 reverse ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
Gear-shifting system Electro-hydraulically ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 261 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Speed range l st gear 0- 7.1 km/h (0- 4.4 mph) ‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
(tyres 20.5 R x 25) 2nd gear 0-13.3 km/h (0- 8.3 mph) ( 20.5 Rx25 ‫)ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
3rd gear 0-27.8 km/h (0 - 44.7 mph)
4th gear 0-38.2 km/h (0-23.7 mph)

Axles ‫ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎ‬
Fully floating drive shafts with hub reductions of the ‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﭘﻠﻮﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻼﹰ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
Type
planetary gear type.
Front axle, make Volvo ( ‫ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ )ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ‬/ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
Designation AWB30 (‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﺗﺨﺼﺼﻲ )ﻣﺪﻝ‬
Rear axle, make Volvo ‫ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻋﻘﺐ‬/ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
Designadon AWB30 ( ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﺗﺨﺼﺼﻲ )ﻣﺪﻝ‬
Differential lock On front axle (‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ )ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
Type Dog clutch 100% ‫ﻣﺪﻝ‬
Operation Electro- hydraulic ( ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ )ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 262 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Axle oils L150D ‫ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ‬

Oil grade Volvo W13 101 ‫ ﻭﻟﻮﻭ‬W13 101 ‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
Oil intended for axles with built-in wet brakes
Requirements .‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗ ﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

Examples of oils which meet the requirements ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
according to the table on the next page
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 263 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Other requirements ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

The oil should meet the requirements according
to the following two norms: FORD - ESIN1 - M2 .‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
C 134 - D & JD JDQ95The oil should have ‫ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬FORD - ESIN1 - M2 C 134 - D & JD JDQ95.
properties that counteract oxidation, corrosion ‫ ﺿﺪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺿﺪ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬،‫ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺪﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ‬
and foaming, and be suitable for the stated .‫ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
purpose.

Oils for AINB axles made by Volvo Wheel ‫ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬AWB ‫ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎﻱ‬
Loaders .‫ﭼﺮﺥ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻭﻟﻮﻭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
Examples of oils which mod the requirements ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗـﺒﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬
according to the table on the previous page. .‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
Oil company Trade name ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ‬
Q8 Q8 T2200
MOBIL MOBILFLUID 424
ESSO TORQUE FLUID 56
SOLENE INDUSTRIAL LUBRICANT SOLENE TRACTELF CH-5
STATOIL TRANSWAY HB
AGROL AGROL HYBRAN
ARAL ARAL FLUID HEIS
TEXACO TEXACO TEXTRAN TDH PREMIUM
VALVOLINE VALVOLINE UNITRAC
ELF TRACTELF CH-5
OMV AS OMV AUSTROMATIC IGB
FINA TRANSFLUID J1), 1 OW-30
AVIA HYDROFLUID DLZ
CALTEX TEXTRAN TDH PREMIUM
DELTA SPECIAL UTTO 170
TOTAL TRANSMISSION MP
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 264 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

The following oils are approved only If the oil

contains additive Lubrizol LZ9990A (also ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬LZ990 A ‫ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ‬
appears under the name Unizol). (‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬Unizol ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ) ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ‬

Oil company Trade name ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ‬

FUCHS FUCHS RENOGEAR HYDRA MC- ZIP 20W/40
CASTROL CASTROL POWERTRANS
SHELL DONAX TD or MD
BP BP TRACTRAN 9
BP HYDRAUL1KOLE TF-JD
ELF ELF TRACTELF BF1 2

Brakes/ steering systern L150D L150D ‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬/‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬

Brakes ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎ‬
Service brakes, type Dual circuit, all-hydraulic, wet disc brake ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ – ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ – ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻛﻼﭼﻲ ﺗﺮ‬
Number of discs front/rear 1
Brake lining area per wheel 1289 cm 2 (99 M2) ‫ ﻋﻘﺐ‬/ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
Accumulator capacity, number of 1.0 litre (61 M3), 2 pcs ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
8.5 mm (0.335 in) ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻮ‬
Disc thickness, new
Disc thickness, min. 7.2 mm (0.283 in) ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
Mechanically or alternatively electrically operated disc (‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺻﻔ ﺤﻪ ﻛﻼﭼﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ)ﺷﺎﻓﺖ‬
Parking brake, type brake, positioned externally on the transmission front
.‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠ ﻮﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
output shaft.
Thickness 10 mm (0.38 in) ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
Thickness, min. 2 mm (0.077 in) ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
Accumulator capacity 1 x o.5 litre (30 in3) ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻩ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 265 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Steering system ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬

Type Load-sensing, hydrostatic ‫ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﻧﻴﻚ‬- ‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
Number of steering wheel revolutions, total 4.1 revolutions ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ‬
Steering arc ± 40° ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻛﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
Oil pump ‫ﭘﻤﭗ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‬
Axial piston pump, variable displacement ‫ﭘﻤﭗ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻝ‬
Type
Working pressure, high idling speed 21.0 *0.35 MPa (210 *3.5 bar) (3046 ±51 Psi) ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
Flow at 35.0 r/s (2100 rpm) and 10 MPa (100 bar ‫ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬2100 ) ‫ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺭﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬35.0 :‫ﺩﺑﻲ ) ﺣﺠﻢ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ( ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
91 litres (24.o US gal) per minute
= 1450 psi) pressure (1450 psi = 100 bar) 10mpa
Shock valve opening pressure at 10 litres (2.6 US ‫ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬۱۰ ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺑﻲ‬
28.0 MPa (280 bar) (4061 psi)
gal) per minute

Cab L150D L150 D ‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬

General ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
The cab is fitted on rubber elements, is insulated ‫ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻛﻔﻲ‬،‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
and has a flat floor with rubber mat. .‫ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻛﻒ ﭘﻮﺵ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Tested and approved as a protective cab Swedish ‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
according to Swedish Labour Welfare Act 3 : 8 ISO 3449 – ‫ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬Labour Welfare Act 3 : 8
and meets standard according to IS03471-1994
1992 , SAE 1040 – APR 88 (ROPS) , ISO3471-
and SAE 1040-APR 88 (ROPS), ISO 3449-1992 ‫ ﻭ‬1994-1992
and SAE J231 -JAN 81 (FOPS) and ISO
‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬1981– ISO 6055 ‫ ﻭ‬SAE J231-JAN 81 (FOPS)
6055-1981 (protective roof for rider trucks).
.‫ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
Cab interior fittings and upholstery ‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺛﺎﺛﻴﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
Number of emergency exits ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬
Fire retardant (fire resistant) [SO 3795-1989 2 ISO 3795-198 ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
(door and right side window) ( ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ) ﺩﺭﺏ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﻐﻞ‬2
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 266 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Heating and ventilation

The basic version of the loader is provided with a ‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
heating and ventilation system with defrosting for ‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ) ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ( ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺫﻭﺏ‬
all windows and the best possible air distribution ‫ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ( ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬10) ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
(10 outlets). The cab fan is a double radial fan ‫ ﻓﻦ ) ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻧﻪ ( ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﻝ ﺩﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬
and it has four speeds. Air conditioning is ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ) ﻛﻮﻟﺮ ( ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
available as optional extra. .‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

Operator seat ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ‬

Height adjustment (rapid adjustment) 100 mm (3.9 in) (‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ) ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬
Longitudinal adjustment 160 mm (6.3 in) ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‬
Adjustment for driver weight 40-130 kg (88-287 lb) ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ‬
Adjustment of back-rest, (adjustable back-rest ( ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﭘﺸﺘﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ) ﺷﻴﺐ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﭘﺸﺘﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ‬
12°
incli-12° nation)
Upholstery Fire resistant ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ‬
Lap type seat belt with reel (‫ﺑﻠﻪ )ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﻗﺮﻩ‬
Yes
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 267 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Sound and vibration Information ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ‬

Sound pressure level (LpA) Enclosed Cab, (see
decal value on the machine) ‫ ) ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬:‫( ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬LPA) ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺻﺪﺍ‬
The sound is measured under conditions (.‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
according to ISO 6396 and 86/662/EEC, including ‫ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬86/662/EEC, ISO 6396 ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
applicable changes. .‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

Sound power level (LwA) around the machine

(see decal value on the machine) ‫ )ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬:‫( ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬LWA) ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺻﺪﺍ‬
The sound is measured under conditions (‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
according to ISO 6395 and 86/662/EEC, including ‫ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬86/662/EEC, ISO 6396‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
applicable changes. .‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

Whole body vibrations: ‫ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬

The operator seat meets the requirements
according to EN ISO 7096:2000. The seat is .‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ENISO 7096: 2000 ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ‬
tested using power density spectrum EM3 and the ‫ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ‬EM3 ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻴﻒ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ‬
transmissibility factor is SEAT 0,85 (heavy .‫ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬0.97 ‫ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺒﻚ ﻭﺯﻥ‬0.85 ‫ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
operator) and 0.97 (light operator). The properties
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﻋﺎ ﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﻛﺎﻣ ﻼﹰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
are fulfilled on condition that the instructions for
adjusting the seat are followed. .‫ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

The weighted root mean square acceleration to

which the operator is subjected through the seat ‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻭﺯﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ‬
is 0.7-1.3 M/S2 under normal operating conditions ISO ‫ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬0.7-1.3M/S2 ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ‬
according to ISO 8041. The measuring is carried ‫ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬8041
out according to ISO 2631/1. .‫ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ISO 2631/1
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 268 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Hydraulic system L150D ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫ ﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬

Servo- assisted of the "open centre' type (‫ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ )ﺳﺮﻭ‬ :‫ﻣﺪﻝ‬
Type
Hydraulic oil pump, type Vane pump, fixed displacement ‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﭘﻤﭗ ﭘﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
Flow at 36.7 r/s (2200 rpm) and 10 MPa (100 bar) (‫ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬2200) ‫ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬36.7: ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ )ﺩﺑﻲ( ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
212 litres (56.0 US gal) per minute
(1450 psi) pressure (1450 psi) (100Bar) 10Mpa ‫ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
Working pressure, high idling speed 22.5 ±0.4 M Pa (225 ±4 bar) (3263 :e58 psi) ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
Control valve, type Servo-operated 3-section valve ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
Shock valve for tilting function, forward 17,5 *0.6 MPa (175 ±6 bar) (2538 ±87 psi) ‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
Shock valve for tilting function, rearward 24.5 ±0.6 M Pa (245±6 bar) (3553 ±87 psi) ‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
Shock valve for lifting function 32.0 ±0.6 M Pa (320 ±6 bar) (4641 ±87 psi) ‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺑﻮﻡ‬

Servo pump Vane pump ‫ﭘﻤﭗ ﺳﺮﻭ‬

:‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ) ﺩﺑﻲ (ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
Flow at 36.7 r/s (2200 rpm) and 10 M Pa (100 31.0 litres (8.2 US gal) per minute (‫ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬2200) ‫ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬36.7
bar) (1450 psi) pressure
(1450 psi) (100Bar) 10Mpa ‫ﻭﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
Servo pressure (throughout the whole speed 3.0-4.0 MPa (30-40 bar) (435-580 psi) (‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻭ ) ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
range)
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 269 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 270 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 271 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 272 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 273 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 274 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Capacities L200D L200 D ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ‬

Capacities, litres (US gal) When changing Total ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
Engine incl. filter 21 litres (5.5 US gal) ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ‬
Transmission incl. filter 38 litres (10.0 US gal) 45 litres (11.9 US gal) ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ‬
Front axle incl. hub reduction gears 36 litres (9.5 US gal) ‫ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻧﻀﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻫﺎ‬
Rear axle incl. hub reduction gears 41 litres (10.8 US gal) 220 litres (58.1 US gal) ‫ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺎﻧﻀﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻫﺎ‬
Hydraulic system 155 litres (40.9 US gal) ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
Hydraulic oil tank ‫ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
Fuel tank 255 litres (67.3 US gal) ‫ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
Cooling system 65 litres (17.2 US gal) ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
Oil-bath precleaner (optional) 5.4 litres (1.4 US gal) (‫ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻲ ) ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
Carry out checks according to maintenance .‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
programmes for the machine, see page 17.
.‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬17‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬

Oil and fluid changes Hours (‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻴﺎﻻﺕ ) ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
Engine 500* ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Coolant 2000 ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
Coolant (when coolant filter is installed) 3000 ( ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ) ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Transmission, at the same time clean suction .‫ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺶ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
2000
strainer
Front and rear axles 1000 ‫ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
Hydraulic system (working hydraulics, brake (‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬- ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ) ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
2000/4000*
system and steering system)
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 275 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Filter changes ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ‬

Engine, lubricating oil filter 500 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Engine, air cleaner (main filter) 1000 (‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ) ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
Engine, air cleaner (secondary filter) 2000 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Engine, coolant filter 1000 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Fuel filters, prefilter 1 water trap 1000 ‫ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬/ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫ ﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
Fuel system, breather filter 2000 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
Oil-bath precleaner, filter inserts (optional) 2000 ( ‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻲ ) ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
Transmission, oil filter 1000 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
Transmission, breather filter 2000 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
Axle oil filter, cooling circuit (optional) 1000 (‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ )ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
Drive axles, breather filter 2000 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ‬
Hydraulic system, return oil filter 2000 ‫ﻓﻴ ﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
Hydraulic system, breather filter 2000 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
Cab, ventilation filters 2000 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
*) Regarding conditions required if the interval between ‫*( ﭼﻨ ﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
engine oil changes is to apply, see page 181. ( ‫ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬181 ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ) ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬4000 ‫**( ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ‬
**)If the system is filied with hydraulic oil, an interval of ‫ )ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬.‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
4000 hours applies. (Every 2000 hours applies to
engine oil and biologically degradable hydraulic oil.) ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ‬2000 ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻴﻮﻟﻮﮊﻳﻜﻲ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ‬
(‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 276 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Engine L200D ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬

Designation Volvo TD73KDE ‫ﻣﺪﻝ‬
Flywheel output according to SAE J 1349, net 148 kW (201 hp) at 35.0 r/s (2100 rpm) SAE J1349 ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻓﻼﻳﻮﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
Output according to SAE J1349, gross 153 kW (208 hp) at 35.0 r/s (2100 rpm) SAEJ 1349 ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
Max. torque according to SAE J 1349, net 920 N m (679 1M ft) at 18.3 r/s (1000 rpm) SAEJ 1349 ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
Number of cylinders 6 ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ‬
Cylinder bore 104.77 mm (4.125 in) ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ‬
Stroke 130 mm (5.118 in) ‫ﻛﻮﺭﺱ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮﻥ‬
Cylinder capacity 6.7 litres (409 M3) ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ‬
Compression ratio 17.5: 1 ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬
inlet valve0.40 mm (0.016 in) ‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻟﻘﻲ ﺳﻮﭘﺎﭖ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
Valve clearance, warm or cold engine
exhaust valve 0.55 mm (0.022 in) (‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ )ﺩﻭﺭﺁﺭﺍﻡ‬
Idling speed, low
Idling speed, high 11.2±0.8 r/s (670 ±50 rpm) (‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ) ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
Air cleaner 39.1 ±1.0 r/s (2345 ±60 rpm) ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ‬
Air cleaning in 3 steps .‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
Pre-cleaner - main filter - secondary filter ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ – ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ – ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬
Lubrication system ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬
375-527 kPa (3.75-5.27 bar) (54-76 psi)
Oil pressure when operating (‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ )ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
50 kPa (0.5 bar) (7.3 psi)
Oil pressure (warm engine, idling) ( ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ) ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 277 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Fuel systern ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬

Injector opening pressure 25.0 +0.8 MPa (250 +8 bar) (3626 +116 psi) ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻧﮋﻛﺘﻮﺭ‬
Order of injection 1-5-3-6-2-4 ‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ‬
Pump timing 90 B.T.D.C. ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺍﻧﮋﻛﺘﻮﺭ‬
Feed pressure 100-150 kPa (1.0-1.5 bar) (143-21.8 psi) ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﭘﻤﭗ‬
Preheating element in the inlet manifold
Cold-starting device ‫ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻮﻟﺪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
Intercooler Coolant / air with separate coolant pump
‫)ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮ ﻛﻮﻟﺮ ( ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬/ ‫ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
Cooling system ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
Type Closed system ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ‬
Thermostat begins to open at 82 'C (180 'F) ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺘﺎﺕ‬
92 'C (198 'F) ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺘﺎﺕ‬
Thermostat fully open at

Electrical system (Contronic) L200D (‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ) ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬

24 V ‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
System voltage
2 (connected in series) ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ‬
Batteries
12V ‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ‬
Battery voltage
Battery capacity 2 x 140 Ah ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻳﻬﺎ‬
Alternator 1680 W / 60 A ‫ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻡ‬
Starter motor output 5.4 kW (7.3 bp) ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺕ‬
Battery electrolyte density kg/drn 3 kg/dm3 ‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ‬
Fully charged battery 1.275-1.285 ‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻼﹰ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
1.250 .‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍﹰ ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
The battery should be recharged at a density of
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 278 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Bulbs Watt Socket ‫ﻻﻣﭙﻬﺎ‬

Travel lights, asymmetrical 75/70 P 43t - 38 (H4) ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎ ﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻥ‬
Parking lights, front 4 BA 9 s ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
Parking lights, rear 10 BA 15 s ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
Tail lights 10 BA 15 a ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
Stop lights 21 BA 15 s ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
Direction indicators, rear 21 BA 15 s ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
Direction indicators, side 21 BA 15 s ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺑﻐﻞ‬
Side lights 5 SV 8.5 ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻐﻞ‬
Instrument lighting 2 BA 9 s ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
Control lamp panel 1.2 W 2 x 4.6 d (‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ )ﻻﻣﭙﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
Cab light 10 BA 15 s ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
Working lights, front halogen (optional) 70 PK 22 s (H3) (‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻫﺎﻟﻮﮊﻧﻲ ) ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
Working lights, rear halogen (optional) 70 PK 22 s (H3) (‫ﭼﺮﺍﻏﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻫﺎﻟﻮﮊﻧﻲ ) ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
Guide light in switches 1.2 W 2 x 4.6 d ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ‬

Fuses ‫ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ‬
Type Blade fuse ‫ﻧﻮﻉ‬
Current rating 55 A ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
Current rating 20 A ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
Current rating 15 A ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
Current rating 10A ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
Current rating 5A ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
Preheating In-line fuse ‫ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 279 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Power transmission L200D ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬

Transmission ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
Type Hydro-mechanical ‫ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬: ‫ﻣﺪﻝ‬
Make Volvo ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭﻟﻮﻭ‬
Designation HT205 HT 205 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ‬
Torque converter Single stage (‫ﺗﻮﺭﻙ ﻛﻨﻮﺭﺗﻮﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ) ﻳﻚ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬
Torque multiplication 2.85 :1 ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭ‬
Number of gears 4 forward, 4 reverse ‫ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬۴ ‫ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﻠﻮ‬۴ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
Gear-shifting system Electro-hydraulically ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
Speed range 1 st gear 0- 7.3 km/h (0- 4.5 mph) ‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
(tyres 20.5 R x 25) 2nd gear 0-13.3 km/h (G- 8.3 mph) ( 20.5X25 ‫) ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﺮ‬
3rd gear 0-25.2 km/h (0-15.7 mph)
4th gear 0-35.2 km/h (0-21.9 mph)

Axles ‫ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎ‬
Type Fully floating drive shafts with hub reductions of the ‫ﻣﺪﻝ‬
planetary gear type
Front axle, make Volvo ‫ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻋﻘﺐ‬/ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
Designation AWB31 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ‬
Rear axle, make Volvo ‫ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻋﻘﺐ‬/ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
Designation AWB30 ‫ﻣﺪﻝ‬
Differential lock On front axle (‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ ) ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
Type Dog clutch 100% ‫ﻣﺪﻝ‬
Operation Electro-hydraulic ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 280 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Axle oils L200D ‫ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻞ‬

0il grade Volvo WB 101 .‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗ ﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
Oil intended for axles with built-in wet brakes
Requirements ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ‬

Egenskap Enhet Tranamissionsolja Provningsmetod

Property Unit Transmission oil Test method
Volvo W121 101
Densitet kg/m3 Anges ASTM D 1298
Density To be stated
Flampunkt COC °C min. 180 ASTM D 92
Flash point COC
Lagsta flyttemperatur °C min. -27 ASTM D 97
Pour point
Viskositet vid 40 OC MM21S Anges ASTM D 445
(CSt)
Viscosity at 40 OC To be stated
Viskositet vid 100 OC mm21s (cSt) min. 9.0 ASTM D 445
Viscosity at 100 'C max. 12.5 DIN Draft 51350
Visikositet vid 100 OC after skjuvning mm% (cSt) min. 8.8 CEC-L-14-A-78
30 cykler
Viscosity at 100 OC after shearing 30
cycles
Viskositet vid 20°C mPas max. 3500 ASTM D 2602
Viscosity at 20°C
Rostskydd 24 h Ingen rost ASTM D 665A
Rust protection 24 h No rust
API klass GIL-4 ASTM STP-512A
API class
Additiv Lubrizol/Unizol
Additive LZ 9990A
Fasts Woreningar Klass max. 18113 IS04406
Solid particles Code
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 281 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Examples of oils which meet the requirements .‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
according to the table on the next page

Other requirements ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬

The oil should meet the requirements according to the .‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
following two norms: FORD -ESN- M2 Cl 34 - D and JDQ95
FORD -ESN- M2 Cl 34 - D and X JD095 ‫ ﺿﺪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺿﺪ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺪﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ‬
The oil should have properties that counteract
oxidation, corrosion and foaming, and be suitable for .‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
the stated purpose.

Oils for AWB axles made by Volvo Wheel ‫ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ﭼﺮﺥ‬AWB ‫ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎﻱ‬
Loaders AB ‫ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬AB ‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
Examples of oils which meet the requirements
according to the table on the previous page.

Oil company Trade name ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ‬

Q8 Q8 T2200
MOBIL MOBILFLUID 424
ESSO TORQUE FLUID 56
SOLENE INDUSTRIAL LUBRICANT SOLENE TRACTELF CH-5
STATOIL TRANSWAY HB

AGROL AGROL HYBRAN

ARAL ARAL FLUID HGS

TEXAGO TEXACO TEXTRAN TDH PREMIUM

VALVOLINE VALVOLINE UNITRAC
ELF TRACTELF CH-5
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 282 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

OMV AS OMV AUSTROMATIC IGB

FINA TRANSFLUID J1), 10W-30
AVIA HYDROFLUID DLZ
CALTEX TEXTRAN TDH PREMIUM
DELTA SPECIAL UTTO 170
TOTAL TRANSMISSION MP
The following oils are approved only if the oil ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬LZ9990A ‫ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻧﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻧﻲ‬
contains additive Lubrizol LZ9990A. (Also (‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬Unizol ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻡ‬
appears under the name of Unizol.)

0il company Trade name ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ‬

FUCHS FUCHS RENOGEAR HYDRA MC- ZF 20W/40
CASTROL CASTROL POWERTRANS
SHELL DONAX TD or FT/TD
BP BP TRACTRAN 9
BP HYDRAUL1K6LE TF-J1)
ELF ELF TRACTELF BF12
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 283 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Brakes / steering system L200D L200D‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬/ ‫ﺳﻴﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬

Brakes Dual circuit, all-hydraulic, wet disc brake ‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎ‬
Service brakes, type 1 ‫ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻭﺑﻠﻪ – ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ – ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻛﻼﭼﻲ ﺗﺮ‬: ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬
Number of discs front/rear 1290 cm 2 (99 in 2) ‫ ﻋﻘﺐ‬/ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻛﻼﭺ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
Brake lining area per wheel 1.0 litre (61 in 3), 2 pcs ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ) ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﻔﺸﻚ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭼﺮﺥ‬
Accumulator capacity, number of 8,5 mm (0.335 in) ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
Disc thickness, new 7.2 mm (0.283 in) ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻮ‬
Disc thickness, min. ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
Parking brake, type Electrically operated wet disc type positioned ‫ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻛﻼﭼﻲ ﺗﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬: ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ‬
inside the transmission on the output shaft. .‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺎﻓﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
Number of discs 7 ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬
Brake friction area 583 cm 2 (400 in 2) ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
Disc thickness 4.9-5.0 mm (0. 193-0.197 in) ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
Min. thickness of disc (permissible wear 0.4 mm = 4.5 mm (0. 177 in) ( 0.4mm = 0.016 in ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ) ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
0.016 in)
Accumulator 1 x 0.5 litre (30 W) ‫ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻩ‬
Steering system ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
Type Load-sensing, hydrostatic ‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ – ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ – ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬
Number of steering wheel revolutions, total 3.75 revolutions ‫ ﺩﻭﺭ‬3.75 ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
Steering arc ±40° ± 40° ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻛﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
Oil pump ‫ﭘﻤﭗ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‬
Type Axial piston pump, variable displacement ‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﭘﻤﭗ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
Working pressure, high idling speed 21.0 ±0.35 MPa (210 ±3.5 bar) (3046 ±51 Psi) ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
Flow at 35.0 r/s (2100 rpm) and 10 M Pa (100 bar = 91 litres (24.0 US gal) per minute :‫ﺩﺑﻲ )ﺣﺠﻢ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ( ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
1450 Psi) pressure
Shock valve opening pressure at at l0dm3 litres 28.0 MPa (280 bar) (4061 Psi) ‫ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ( ﻭﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬2100) ‫ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺭﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬35
(2.6 US gal) per minute (1450 Psi)= (100 bar)= (10mpa )
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 284 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Cab L200D L200 D ‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬

General ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
The cab is fitted on rubber elements, is insulated ‫ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻛﻔﻲ‬،‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
and has a flat floor with rubber mat. .‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻛﻒ ﭘﻮﺵ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Tested and approved as a protective cab Swedish ‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
according to Swedish Labour Welfare Act 3: 8 and ISO 3449 – ‫ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬Labour Welfare Act 3 : 8
meets standard according to IS03471-1994 and 1992 , SAE 1040 – APR 88 (ROPS) , ISO3471-
SAE 1040-APR 88 (ROPS), ISO 3449-1992 and ‫ ﻭ‬1994-1992
SAE J231 -JAN 81 (FOPS) and ISO 6055-1981 ‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬1981– ISO 6055 ‫ ﻭ‬SAE J231-JAN 81 (FOPS)
(protective roof for rider trucks). .‫ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
Cab interior fittings and upholstery ‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺛﺎﺛﻴﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
Number of emergency exits ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬
Fire retardant (fire resistant) ISO 3795-1989 2 ISO 3795-198 ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺃﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
(door and right side window) ( ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ) ﺩﺭﺏ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﻐﻞ‬2

Heating and ventilation ‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ‬

The basic version of the loader is provided with a ‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ) ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ( ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺫﻭﺏ‬
heating and ventilation system with defrosting for all
‫ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ( ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬10) ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
windows and the best possible air distribution (10
outlets). The cab fan is a double radial fan and it has ‫ ﻓﻦ ) ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻧﻪ ( ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﻝ ﺩﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬
four speeds. Air conditioning is available as optional ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴ ﺘﻢ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ) ﻛﻮﻟﺮ( ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
extra. .‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳ ﺘﺮﺱ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 285 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Operator seat ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ‬

Height adjustment (rapid adjustment) 100 mm (3.9 in) (‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ) ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬
Longitudinal adjustment 160 mm (6.3 in) ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‬
Adjustment for driver weight 40-130 kg (88-287 ib) ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ‬
Adjustment of back-rest, (adjustable back-rest 120 ( ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﭘﺸﺘﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ) ﺷﻴﺐ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﭘﺸﺘﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ‬
inclination)
Upholstery Fire resistant ‫ﻣﺒﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁ ﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ‬
Lap type seat belt with reel Yes ( ‫ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﻗﺮﻩ ﺑﻠﻪ )ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬

Sound and vibration information ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ‬

Sound pressure level (LpA) Enclosed Cab, (see decal ‫ ) ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬:‫( ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬LPA) ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺻﺪﺍ‬
value on the machine) (.‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
The sound is measured under conditions according to ‫ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬86/662/EEC, ISO 6396 ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
ISO 6396 and 86/662/EEC, including applicable .‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
changes.
Sound power level (LwA) around the machine (see ‫ )ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬:‫( ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬LWA) ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺻﺪﺍ‬
decal value on the machine) (‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
The sound is measured under conditions according to ‫ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬86/662/EEC, ISO 6396‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
ISO 6395 and 86/662/EEC, including applicable .‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
changes.
Whole body vibrations: ‫ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
The operator seat meets the requirements according to .‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ENISO 7096: 2000 ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ‬
EN ISO 7096:2000. The seat is tested using power ‫ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ‬EM3 ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻴﻒ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ‬
density spectrum EM3 and the transmissibility factor is
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ‬.‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬0.97 ‫ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺒﻚ ﻭﺯﻥ‬0.85 ‫ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
SEAT 0,85 (heavy operator) and 0.97 (light operator).
The properties are fulfilled on condition that the .‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﻋﺎ ﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﻛﺎﻣ ﻼﹰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
instructions for adjusting the seat are followed.
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 286 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

The weighted root mean square acceleration to which ‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻭﺯﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ‬
the operator is subjected through the seat is 01-1.3 ISO ‫ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬0.7-1.3M/S2 ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ‬
M1S2 under normal operating conditions according to
‫ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬8041
ISO 8041. The measuring is carried out according to
ISO 2631/1. .‫ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ISO 2631/1

Hydraulic systern L200D ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫ ﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬

Type Servo-assisted of the "open centre"type ( ‫ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ )ﺳﺮﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻝ‬
Hydraulic Oil PUMP, type Vane pump, fixed displacement ‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﭘﻤﭗ ﭘﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
Flow at 35.0 r/s (2100 rpm) and 10 MPa (100 bar) 275 litres (72.6 US gal) per minute (‫ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬2200) ‫ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬36.7: ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ )ﺩﺑﻲ( ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
(1450 Psi) pressure (1450 psi) (100Bar) 10Mpa ‫ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
working pressure, high idling speed 22.5 Mpa (225 bar) (3263 Psi) ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
Control valve, type Servo-operated 3-section valve ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
Shock valve for tilting function, forward 17.5 ±0.6 Wa (175 ±6 bar) (2538 ±87 Psi) ‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
Shock valve for tilting function, rearward 24.5 ±0.6 M Pa (245 ±6 bar) (3553 ±87 psi) ‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
Shock valve for lifting function 32.0 ±0.6 M Pa (320 ±6 bar) (4641 ±87 psi) ‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺑﻮﻡ‬
Servo pump Vane pump ‫ﭘﻤﭗ ﺳﺮﻭ‬
Flow at 35.0 r/s (2100 rpm) and 10 MPa (100 bar) 29.5 litres (7.8 US gal) per minute :‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ) ﺩﺑﻲ (ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
(1450 Psi) pressure (‫ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬2200) ‫ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬36.7
(1450 psi) (100Bar) 10Mpa ‫ﻭﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
Servo pressure (throughout the whole speed 3.0 - 4.0 Wa (30 - 40 bar) (435 - 580psi) (‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻭ ) ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
range)
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 287 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 288 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 289 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 290 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 291 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 292 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Alphabetical index ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺒﺎ‬

Accidents 124 (‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎﺕ ) ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ‬

Accumulators 131 ‫ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
Adjusting arm rest 1 control lever carrier 76 ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬/ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ‬
Adjusting boom kick-out 77 ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻦ ﺑﻮﻡ‬
Adjusting bucket positioner 78 ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ‬
Adjusting heating and ventilation 83 ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
Air cleaner 216 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Air conditioning 84 (‫ﻛﻮﻟﺮ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ) ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
Alarm classes 48 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬
Alarm texts 57 ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬
Alphabetical index 292 ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺒﺎ‬
Alternator 202 ‫ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻡ‬
Attaching and disconnecting attachments 127 ‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
Attachments 125 ‫ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
Automatic greasing system TWIN 242 ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬
Automatic greasing, control lamp 242 ‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬
Automatic greasing, system test 245 ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭ ﻱ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬
Automatic Power Shift (APS 11) 105 (APS ) ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬
Axle oils L200D 201 211 L200D ‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻛﻠﺴﻞ‬
Axle oils L150D 211 L150D ‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎ‬
Axles, changing oil 210 ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎ‬
Basic preventive maintenance 181 ‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ‬
Batteries 198 ‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻫﺎ‬
Batteries, charging 200 ‫ﺷﺎﺭﮊ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻫﺎ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 293 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Batteries, rules 199 ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻫﺎ‬

Battery disconnect switch 198 ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻫﺎ‬
Before service read 168 ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬
Bleeding the system 249 ‫ﻫﻮﺍﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
Boom kick-out and bucket positioner 77 ‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻦ ﺑﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ‬
Brake system 215 ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
Brake test 113 ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
Brakes / steering system L200D 283 L200D‫ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬/ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
Brakes/ steering system L150D 264 L150D ‫ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬/ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
Braking 112 (‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ) ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
Breather filter, fuel system 187 (‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ )ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ‬
Bucket operation 134 ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ‬
Buckets 132 ‫ﺑﺎﻛﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
Cab L200D 284 L200D ‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
Cab L150D 265 L150D ‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
Cab, ventilation filters 212 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
Capacities L200D 274 L200D ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ‬
Capacities L150D 256 L150D ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ‬
CE marking 10 ( ‫ ) ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ‬CE ‫ﻋﻼﺋﻢ‬
CE marking, EMC directive 10 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
Centre instrument panel 20 (‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺳﻂ ) ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ‬
Changing display screen, display unit 48 ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
Choosing bucket 133 ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻛﺖ‬
Class 1 "WARNING 48 ‫ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬۱ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻪ‬
Class 2 1NFO 49 ‫ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬۲ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻪ‬
Class 3 TRROR 49 ‫ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎ‬۳ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻪ‬
Class 4 "SERVICE INFO 49 ‫ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬۴ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻪ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 294 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Climate control system 82 ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬

Combi -forks 148 ‫ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎ‬
Condenser 217 ‫ﻛﻮﻟﺮ‬
Controls 63 ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎ‬
Coolant filter (optional) 197 ( ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ )ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
Coolant 194 ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
Coolant, changing 195 ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
Coolant, checking 195 ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
Cooling system 193 ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
Delivery inspection 17 ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬
Dimensional drawing L200D 287 L200D ‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬
Dimensional drawing L150D 269 L150D ‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬
Display unit screens (menus) 52 ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
Display unit 45 ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
Drive axles, breather filter 211 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺍﻛﺴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ‬
Dumping load 137 ‫ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
Electrical system (Contronic) L200D 8 L200D ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
Electrical system (Contronic) L150D 8 L150D ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
Electrical system 198 ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
Engine L200D 276 L200D ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Engine L150D 258 L150D ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Engine oil filters, replacing 183 ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Engine oil, changing 181 ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Engine oil, checking 181 ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Engine retarding 1 downshifting 108 ‫ ﻛﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬/ ‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
Engine, air cleaner 188 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪295‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫‪Equipment‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ) ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ(‬

‫‪Error texts‬‬ ‫‪59‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫‪Evaporator‬‬ ‫‪218‬‬ ‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ) ﻛﻮﻟﺮ ( )ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ(‬
‫‪Excavating‬‬ ‫‪138‬‬ ‫ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫‪Filling lubricant‬‬ ‫‪246‬‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪Filter indicator, checking‬‬ ‫‪191‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﻜﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ‬
‫‪Fire prevention measures‬‬ ‫‪173‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺃﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ‬
‫‪Fluor rubber‬‬ ‫‪178‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻓﻠﻮﺋﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫‪Follow-up inspections‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ‬
‫‪Foreword‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬
‫‪Front and rear axles‬‬ ‫‪210‬‬ ‫ﺍﻛﺴﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫‪Front left instrument panel‬‬ ‫‪43‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫‪Front right instrument panel‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫‪Fuel filters‬‬ ‫‪185‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
‫‪Fuel system‬‬ ‫‪184‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
‫‪Fuel system, air bleeding‬‬ ‫‪186‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
‫‪Fuel tank‬‬ ‫‪184‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻧﻚ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
‫‪Fuel‬‬ ‫‪255‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
‫‪Fuses‬‬ ‫‪205‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ‬
‫‪Gear shifting‬‬ ‫‪104‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪General rules 1‬‬ ‫‪90‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫‪Getting stuck‬‬ ‫‪166‬‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫‪Gravel and heap loading‬‬ ‫‪134‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫‪Grease‬‬ ‫‪255‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪Greasing bearings‬‬ ‫‪231‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫‪Greasing system, checking‬‬ ‫‪244‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 296 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

High voltage overhead power line 164 ‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
Hydraulic system L200D 221 L200D‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
Hydraulic system L150D 221 L150D ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
Hydraulic system, breather filter 224 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
Hydraulic system, changing oil 221 ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
Hydraulic system, checking oil level 221 ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
Hydraulic system, return oil filter 223 ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
Hydraulically powered, rotating attachments 154 ‫ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
Information and warning plates 15 ‫ﭘﻼﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬
Instructions 88 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ‬
Instrument panels 3 ‫ﭘﺎﻧﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
intended use 7 ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
Keyboard for the display unit 45 ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
Kick-down function 107 ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
Lap type seat belt, checking and maintenance 81 ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
Levelling 140 ‫ﺗﺴﻄﻴﺢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
Lever steering, CDC (optional) 109 (‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ) ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
Lifting attachments 161 ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬
Limp-Home operation 118 ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
Loading and unloading 99 ‫ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
Loading table for material handling arm L150D 273 L150D‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
Loading table for material handling arm L1 20D 291 L200D ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
Loading table for pallet fork L150D 272 L150D ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ‬
Loading table for pallet fork L200D 290 L200D ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ‬
Loading vehicle using timber grapples 144 ( ‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﭼﻮﺏ ) ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭ‬
Loading 151 ‫ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 297 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Lubrication and service chart L200D 238 L200D ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬
Lubrication and service chart L150D 233 L150D ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬
Lubrication of propeller shafts 211 ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﻞ ﮔﺎﺭﺩﺍﻥ‬
Lubrication points 253 ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ‬
Machine* capacity L200D 288 L200D ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
Machine capacity L150D 270 L150D ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
Maintenance programme 229 ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
Maintenance service 18 ‫ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
Maintenance 17 ‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
Manual gear shifting 104 ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ‬
Manual release of parking brake 122 ‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﺑﺮﻭﺵ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ‬
Material handling arm L200D 291 L200D ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
Material handling arm L150D 273 L150D ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
Measures before operating 100 ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
Oil grade Volvo WIB 101 L150D 262 L150 D - 101- Volvo BM ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎ‬
Oil grade Volvo WB 101 L1 20D 280 L200 D - 101- Volvo BM ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻬﺎ‬
Oil -bath precleaner 192 ‫ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ ﺭﻭﻏﻨﻲ‬
Operating information 47 ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
Operating instructions 124 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
Operating techniques 4 ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
Operating the machine 164 ‫ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
Operating under ground 165 ‫ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
Operating with a load 148 ‫ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
Operating with material handling arm 152 ‫ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
Operating with pallet forks 147 ‫ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺎﺧﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﻟﺖ‬
Operating with timber grapples 142 ‫ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﭼﻮﺏ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 298 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Operating with whole trunks 144 ‫ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ‬
Operator seat 78 ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ‬
Other attachments 162 ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
Other controls 63 ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
Pallet fork L1 20D 290 L200D ‫ﺷﺎﺧﻚ ﺣﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﻟﺖ‬
Pallet fork L150D 272 L150D ‫ﺷﺎﺧﻚ ﺣﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﻟﺖ‬
Parking 117 ‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
Plates and decals 15 ‫ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻼﻙ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ‬
Positioning of machine 151 ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
Power transmission L1 20D 279 (‫ )ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬L200D ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
Power transmission L150D 260 (‫ )ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬L150D ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
Presentation 7 ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ‬
Pressure release 130 ‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
Product plates 13 ‫ﭘﻼﻙ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
Radiator, cleaning 197 ‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﺭ‬
Read before operating 86 ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
Recommended lubricants, automatic greasing 248 ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬
Recommended lubricants 248 ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
Recommended tyre pressure L200D 228 L200D ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
Recommended tyre pressure L150D 226 L150D ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
Recovering /Towing 120 ‫ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬/ ‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺯﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬
Refrigerant (R134a) 218 (R134A) ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
Relays 204 ‫ﺭﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
Releasing pressure 131 ‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
Right instrument panel 32 ‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬
Rock loading 135 ( ‫ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺻﺨﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ) ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫‪HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book‬‬ ‫‪Page:‬‬ ‫‪299‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ ‪HL200D‬‬

‫)‪Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻭﺍﮊﮔﻮﻧﻲ)‪(ROPS‬‬
‫‪ROPS‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻭﺍﮊﮔﻮﻧﻲ )‪(ROPS‬‬
‫‪Rotating attachments‬‬ ‫‪154‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﻭﺍﺭ ) ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻥ (‬
‫‪Rubber and plastics‬‬ ‫‪178‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪Running-in‬‬ ‫‪88‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫‪Safety regulations‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫‪Safety when servicing‬‬ ‫‪167‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫‪Secondary filter‬‬ ‫‪190‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ‬
‫‪Separate attachment locking‬‬ ‫‪128‬‬ ‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫‪Service position‬‬ ‫‪167‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫‪Service‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬

‫‪Setup‬‬ ‫‪48‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬

‫‪Setup, Additional Heating of Engine‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ :‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻦ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪Setup, Date/ Time‬‬ ‫‪52‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ :‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ /‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪Setup, Engine Shut Down‬‬ ‫‪51‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ :‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪Setup, languages and units‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ :‬ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫‪Setup, Machine Hours‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ :‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫‪Signalling diagram‬‬ ‫‪156‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫‪Site near power lines, pipes or underground cables‬‬ ‫‪163‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
‫‪Specifications‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫‪Starting engine‬‬ ‫‪102‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫)‪Starting sequence (initial display‬‬ ‫‪46‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ) ﺗﻮﺍﻟﻲ( ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ) ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ(‬
‫‪Starting with booster batteries‬‬ ‫‪201‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬
‫‪Steering‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪Stopping machine‬‬ ‫‪115‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
HL200D Operating & Maintenance Instruction Book Page: 300 HL200D ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﺩﺭ‬

Suction strainer 208 ‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺸﻲ‬

Symbol key 232 ‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ‬
Table of Contents 3 ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
The EU EMC directive 11 EUEMC ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ‬
The USA Federal Clean Air Act 18 (‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﻮﺍ )ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬
Timber grapple L200D 140 L200D ‫ﭼﻨﮕﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﭼﻮﺏ‬
Timber grapple L150D 140 L150D ‫ﭼﻨﮕﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﭼﻮﺏ‬
Transmission oil level, checking 204 ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
Transmission 89 ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
Transmission, changing oil 207 ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
Transporting load (loading - carrying) 136 ‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
Transporting machine 97 ‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
Turbocharger 187 ‫ﺗﻮﺭﺑﻮﺷﺎﺭﮊ‬
Tyres 224 ( ‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻬﺎ ) ﺗﺎﻳﺮﻫﺎ‬
Unloading vehicle using timber grapples 145 ‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﻜﮓ ﺣﻤﻞ ﭼﻮﺏ‬
Washer fluid reservoir, front and rear windows. 193 ‫ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﻮﻱ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
Water trap 186 ‫ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‬
What to do if the machine gets stuck 166 ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻭ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬
Window catch 85 ‫ﮔﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ‬
Working on painted surfaces 177 ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
Feedback
Product Support Dep./ Arak

We are always open to any suggestion or recommendations that will aid in improving our manuals.
Use this form to evaluate this manual. Please check the appropriate response & use the comment table
provided below to list any additional comments.

* Is the needed information easy to locate In the manual?

* Is the information easy to read?

* Is the information easy to understand?

* Does the information sufficiently cover the subject?

* Are subjects in the index specific enough to locate in the manual?

* Are the important points sufficiently emphasized?

* Are the illustrations easy to understand?

* Does the text support the operation being illustrated?

* Do you use the Table of Contents?

* Do you use the index?

* What feature(s) of the manual do you like?

* What feature(s) of the manual don’t you like?

* What additional information should the manual include?

* Please comment on any response(s) marked ”No” in this survey.

Other comments that you feel would help improve the manual?

Company: Phone:
Name: Fax:
Address: E-mail:
Send or fax reply to: HEPCO. Iran Road Construction Equipment Manufacturing Co.
Head Office :
Product Support Dep.
No.10 , Somayeh Ave. Tel. ++98 (861) 36 80 940 -
Tel.: ++98 (21) 830 93 60 - 7 P.O. Box : 844
P. O. Box: 1814 59
Fax.: ++98 (21) 830 93 69 38195 Arak / IRAN Fax.: ++98 (861) 36 80 929
15875 Tehran / IRAN
 ‫ارزﯾﺎﺑﯽ و ﭘﯿﺸﻨﻬﺎد‬

‫‪Product Support Dep./ Arak‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻤﯿﺸﻪ آﻣﺎده درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﭘﯿﺸﻨﻬﺎدﻫﺎي ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﯿﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺒﻮد ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ اﯾﻦ ﮐﺘﺎب ﮐﻤﮏ ﺷﺎﯾﺎﻧﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﮐﺮد‪.‬‬
‫از اﯾﻦ ﻓﺮم ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻨﺠﺶ و ارزﯾﺎﺑﯽ اﯾﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﻄﻮر دﻗﯿﻖ و ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ آن را ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ و ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮاﻻت ﭘﺎﺳﺦ دﻫﯿﺪ‪،‬‬
‫و در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺟﺪول‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻠﯽ ﺑﺮاي درج ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺤﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﯽ و ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﭘﯿﺸﻨﻬﺎدات در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫* آﯾﺎ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻣﻮرد ﻧﯿﺎز ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﯽ در دﺳﺘﺮس ﻗﺮار ﻣﯽ ﮔﯿﺮﻧﺪ؟‬

‫* آﯾﺎ ﻗﺮاﺋﺖ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت آﺳﺎن اﺳﺖ؟‬

‫* آﯾﺎ درك اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻣﻨﺪرج در ﮐﺘﺎب آﺳﺎن اﺳﺖ ؟‬

‫* آﯾﺎ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻄﻮر ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ وﺟﻮد دارد؟‬

‫* آﯾﺎ ﻋﻨﺎوﯾﻨﯽ ﮐﻪ در ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ آﻣﺪه اﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎت را در ﮐﺘﺎب ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ؟‬

‫* آﯾﺎ ﻧﮑﺎت ﻣﻬﻢ و ﺿﺮوري ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﺎﮐﯿﺪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬

‫اﻧﺪ؟‬

‫* آﯾﺎ ﺗﺼﺎوﯾﺮ ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ درك ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؟‬

‫* آﯾﺎ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ راﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺼﻮر ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؟‬

‫* آﯾﺎ از ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ؟‬

‫* آﯾﺎ از ﺿﻤﯿﻤﻪ ﮐﺘﺎب اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ؟‬

‫* ﭼﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر وﺷﮑﻠﯽ ﺑﺮاي ﮐﺘﺎب راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؟‬

‫* ﭼﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر و ﺷﮑﻠﯽ از ﮐﺘﺎب راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻣﻮرد ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ؟‬

‫* ﭼﻪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﯽ دﯾﮕﺮي ﺑﺎﯾﺴﺘﯽ در ﮐﺘﺎب راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻣﻨﺪرج ﺷﻮد؟‬

‫ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﻧﻈﺮات و ﭘﯿﺸﻨﻬﺎداﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺒﻮد ﮐﺘﺎب راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﻨﺪ را ﻣﺮﻗﻮم ﻓﺮﻣﺎﺋﯿﺪ‪..‬‬

‫‪Company:‬‬ ‫‪Phone:‬‬
‫‪Name:‬‬ ‫‪Fax:‬‬
‫‪Address:‬‬ ‫‪E-mail:‬‬
‫‪Send or fax reply to: HEPCO. Iran Road Construction Equipment Manufacturing Co.‬‬
‫‪Head Office :‬‬
‫‪No.10 , Somayeh Ave.‬‬ ‫‪Product Support Dep.‬‬
‫‪P. O. Box: 1814‬‬ ‫‪Tel.: ++98 (21) 830 93 60 - 7‬‬ ‫‪P.O. Box : 844‬‬ ‫‪Tel. ++98 (861) 36 80 940 - 59‬‬
‫‪15875 Tehran / IRAN‬‬ ‫‪Fax.: ++98 (21) 830 93 69‬‬ ‫‪38195 Arak / IRAN‬‬ ‫‪Fax.: ++98 (861) 36 80 929‬‬